1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 784 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1795 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1796 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1797 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1798 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1799 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1800 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1801 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1802 } 1803 1804 if (R.isNull()) 1805 return nullptr; 1806 1807 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1808 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1809 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1810 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1811 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1812 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1813 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1814 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1815 } 1816 1817 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1818 Parent, 1819 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1820 SC_Extern, 1821 false, 1822 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1823 New->setImplicit(); 1824 1825 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1826 // FunctionDecl. 1827 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1829 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1830 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1831 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1832 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1833 SC_None, nullptr); 1834 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1835 Params.push_back(parm); 1836 } 1837 New->setParams(Params); 1838 } 1839 1840 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1841 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1842 1843 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1844 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1845 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1846 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1847 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1848 CurContext = Parent; 1849 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1850 CurContext = SavedContext; 1851 return New; 1852 } 1853 1854 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1855 /// entity if their types are the same. 1856 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1857 /// isSameEntity. 1858 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1859 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1860 LookupResult &Previous) { 1861 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1862 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1863 return; 1864 1865 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1866 if (Previous.empty()) 1867 return; 1868 1869 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1870 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1871 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1872 1873 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1874 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1875 continue; 1876 1877 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1878 // different linkages. 1879 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1880 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1881 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1882 continue; 1883 1884 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1885 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1886 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1887 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1888 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1889 continue; 1890 } 1891 1892 Filter.erase(); 1893 } 1894 1895 Filter.done(); 1896 } 1897 1898 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1899 QualType OldType; 1900 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1901 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1902 else 1903 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1904 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1905 1906 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1907 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1908 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1910 << Kind << NewType; 1911 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1913 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1914 return true; 1915 } 1916 1917 if (OldType != NewType && 1918 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1919 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1920 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1921 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1923 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1924 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1925 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1926 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1927 return true; 1928 } 1929 return false; 1930 } 1931 1932 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1933 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1934 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1935 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1936 /// 1937 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1938 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1939 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1940 // merging checks. 1941 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1942 1943 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1944 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1945 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1946 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1947 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1948 default: break; 1949 case 2: 1950 { 1951 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1952 break; 1953 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1954 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1955 break; 1956 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1957 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1958 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1959 break; 1960 } 1961 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1962 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1963 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1964 return; 1965 } 1966 case 5: 1967 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1968 break; 1969 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1970 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1971 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1972 return; 1973 case 3: 1974 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1975 break; 1976 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1977 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1978 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1979 return; 1980 } 1981 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1982 } 1983 1984 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1985 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1986 if (!Old) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1988 << New->getDeclName(); 1989 1990 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1991 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1992 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1993 1994 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1998 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1999 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2000 2001 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2002 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2003 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2004 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2006 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2007 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2008 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2009 // instead of our tag. 2010 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2011 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2012 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2013 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2014 else 2015 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2016 2017 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2018 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2019 2020 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2021 // out of the scope. 2022 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2023 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2024 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2025 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2026 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2027 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2028 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2029 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2030 } 2031 } 2032 } 2033 } 2034 2035 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2036 // with any extensions enabled. 2037 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2041 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2042 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2043 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2044 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2045 } 2046 2047 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2048 return; 2049 2050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2051 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2052 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2053 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2054 // to the type to which it already refers. 2055 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2056 return; 2057 2058 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2059 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2060 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2061 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2062 // 2063 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2064 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2065 // 2066 // struct S { 2067 // typedef struct A { } A; 2068 // }; 2069 // 2070 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2071 // allow the above but disallow 2072 // 2073 // struct S { 2074 // typedef int I; 2075 // typedef int I; 2076 // }; 2077 // 2078 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2079 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2080 return; 2081 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2083 << New->getDeclName(); 2084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2085 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2086 } 2087 2088 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2089 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2090 return; 2091 2092 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2093 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2094 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2095 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2096 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2097 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2098 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2099 return; 2100 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2102 << New->getDeclName(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2104 } 2105 2106 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2107 /// attribute. 2108 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2109 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2110 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2111 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2112 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2113 if (Ann) { 2114 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2115 return true; 2116 continue; 2117 } 2118 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2119 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2120 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2121 return true; 2122 } 2123 2124 return false; 2125 } 2126 2127 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2128 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2129 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2130 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2131 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2132 return true; 2133 } 2134 2135 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2136 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2137 /// 2138 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2139 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2140 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2141 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2142 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2143 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2144 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2145 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2146 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2147 // in a case like: 2148 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2149 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2150 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2151 // definition in such a case. 2152 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2153 return false; 2154 2155 if (I->isAlignas()) 2156 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2157 2158 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2159 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2160 OldAlign = Align; 2161 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2162 } 2163 } 2164 2165 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2166 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2167 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2168 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2169 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2170 return false; 2171 2172 if (I->isAlignas()) 2173 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2174 2175 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2176 if (Align > NewAlign) 2177 NewAlign = Align; 2178 } 2179 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2181 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2182 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2183 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2184 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2185 2186 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2187 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2188 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2189 QualType Ty; 2190 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2191 Ty = VD->getType(); 2192 else 2193 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2194 2195 if (OldAlign == 0) 2196 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2197 if (NewAlign == 0) 2198 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2202 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2203 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2204 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2205 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 2209 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2210 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2211 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2212 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2213 // equivalent alignment. 2214 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2215 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2216 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2217 // have no alignment specifier. 2218 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2219 << OldAlignasAttr; 2220 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 } 2223 2224 bool AnyAdded = false; 2225 2226 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2227 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2228 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2229 Clone->setInherited(true); 2230 New->addAttr(Clone); 2231 AnyAdded = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2235 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2236 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2237 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2238 Clone->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(Clone); 2240 AnyAdded = true; 2241 } 2242 2243 return AnyAdded; 2244 } 2245 2246 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2247 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2248 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2249 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2251 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2252 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2253 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2254 AA->getDeprecated(), 2255 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2256 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2257 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2258 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2259 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2260 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2261 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2262 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2264 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2265 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2266 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2273 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2281 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2282 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2283 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2284 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2285 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2286 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2287 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2290 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2291 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2292 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2300 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2301 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2302 NewAttr = nullptr; 2303 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2304 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2305 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2306 NewAttr = nullptr; 2307 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2309 2310 if (NewAttr) { 2311 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2312 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2313 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2314 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2315 return true; 2316 } 2317 2318 return false; 2319 } 2320 2321 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2322 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2323 return TD->getDefinition(); 2324 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2325 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2326 if (Def) 2327 return Def; 2328 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2329 } 2330 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2331 return FD->getDefinition(); 2332 return nullptr; 2333 } 2334 2335 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2336 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2337 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2338 return true; 2339 return false; 2340 } 2341 2342 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2343 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2344 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2345 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2349 if (!Def || Def == New) 2350 return; 2351 2352 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2353 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2354 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2355 2356 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2357 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2358 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2359 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2360 2361 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2362 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2363 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2364 --E; 2365 continue; 2366 } 2367 } else { 2368 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2369 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2370 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2371 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2372 : diag::err_redefinition; 2373 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2374 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2375 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2376 } 2377 ++I; 2378 continue; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2382 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2383 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2384 ++I; 2385 continue; 2386 } 2387 } 2388 2389 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2390 ++I; 2391 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2392 } 2393 2394 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2395 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2396 ++I; 2397 continue; 2398 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2399 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2400 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2401 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2402 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2403 // equivalent alignment. 2404 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2405 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2406 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2407 // have no alignment specifier. 2408 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2409 << AA; 2410 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2411 << AA; 2412 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2413 --E; 2414 continue; 2415 } 2416 } 2417 2418 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2419 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2420 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2421 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2422 --E; 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2427 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2428 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2429 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2430 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2431 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2432 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2436 return; 2437 2438 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2439 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2440 2441 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2442 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2443 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2444 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2446 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2447 } 2448 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2449 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2450 // already been ODR-used. 2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2452 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2453 } 2454 } 2455 2456 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2457 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2458 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2459 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2460 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2461 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2462 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2463 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2464 << NewTag; 2465 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2466 } 2467 } 2468 } else { 2469 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2470 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2475 return; 2476 2477 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2478 2479 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2480 // we process them. 2481 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2482 2483 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2484 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2485 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2486 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2487 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2488 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2489 switch (AMK) { 2490 case AMK_None: 2491 continue; 2492 2493 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2494 case AMK_Override: 2495 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2496 LocalAMK = AMK; 2497 break; 2498 } 2499 } 2500 2501 // Already handled. 2502 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2503 continue; 2504 2505 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2506 foundAny = true; 2507 } 2508 2509 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2510 foundAny = true; 2511 2512 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2516 /// to the new one. 2517 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2518 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2519 Sema &S) { 2520 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2521 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2522 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2523 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2524 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2525 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2526 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2527 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2528 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2529 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2530 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2531 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2532 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2533 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2534 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2535 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2536 } 2537 2538 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2539 return; 2540 2541 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2542 2543 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2544 // done before we process them. 2545 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2546 2547 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2548 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2549 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2550 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2551 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2552 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2553 foundAny = true; 2554 } 2555 } 2556 2557 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2558 } 2559 2560 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2561 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2562 Sema &S) { 2563 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2564 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2565 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2566 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2567 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2568 *Newnullability, 2569 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2570 != 0)) 2571 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2572 *Oldnullability, 2573 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2574 != 0)); 2575 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2576 } 2577 } else { 2578 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2579 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2580 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2581 NewT, NewT); 2582 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2583 } 2584 } 2585 } 2586 2587 namespace { 2588 2589 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2590 /// C. 2591 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2592 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2593 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2594 QualType PromotedType; 2595 }; 2596 2597 } // end anonymous namespace 2598 2599 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2600 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2601 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2602 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2603 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2604 2605 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2606 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2607 2608 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2609 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2610 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2611 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2612 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2613 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2614 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2615 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2616 } 2617 2618 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2619 } 2620 2621 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2622 // declaration, or a declaration. 2623 template <typename T> 2624 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2625 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2626 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2627 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2628 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2629 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2630 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2631 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2632 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2633 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2634 } else 2635 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2636 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2637 } 2638 2639 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2640 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2641 /// GNU89 mode. 2642 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2643 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2644 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2645 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2646 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2647 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2648 } 2649 2650 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2651 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2652 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2653 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2654 return AT; 2655 } 2656 2657 template <typename T> 2658 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2659 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2660 if (DC->isRecord()) 2661 return false; 2662 2663 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2664 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2665 return true; 2666 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2667 return true; 2668 return false; 2669 } 2670 2671 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2672 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2673 2674 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2675 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2676 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2677 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2678 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2679 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2680 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2681 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2682 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2683 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2684 // and function templates; or 2685 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2686 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2687 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2688 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2689 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2690 2691 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2692 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2693 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2694 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2695 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2696 2697 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2698 if (Old && 2699 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2700 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2701 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2702 Old = nullptr; 2703 2704 if (!Old) { 2705 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2706 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2707 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 return false; 2711 } 2712 2713 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2714 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2715 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2716 2717 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2718 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2719 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2720 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2721 return true; 2722 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2723 }; 2724 2725 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2726 } 2727 2728 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2729 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2730 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2731 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2732 /// 2733 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2734 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2735 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2736 /// merged with. 2737 /// 2738 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2739 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2740 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2741 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2742 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2743 if (!Old) { 2744 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2745 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2747 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2749 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2750 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2751 return true; 2752 } 2753 2754 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2755 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2756 return true; 2757 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2758 } else { 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2760 << New->getDeclName(); 2761 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2762 return true; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 2766 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2767 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2768 return true; 2769 2770 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2771 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2772 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2773 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2774 2775 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2776 // is an extern inline function. 2777 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2778 // storage classes. 2779 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2780 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2781 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2782 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2783 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2784 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 } else { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2795 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2797 << New->getDeclName(); 2798 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2799 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2800 } 2801 2802 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2803 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2804 // convention of the first. 2805 // 2806 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2807 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2808 // 2809 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2810 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2811 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2812 // 2813 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2814 // other tests to run. 2815 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2816 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2817 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2818 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2819 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2820 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2821 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2822 2823 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2824 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2825 const FunctionType *FT = 2826 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2827 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2828 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2829 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2830 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2831 // there but not here. 2832 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2833 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2834 } else { 2835 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2836 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2838 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2839 << !FirstCCExplicit 2840 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2841 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2842 2843 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2844 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2845 return true; 2846 } 2847 } 2848 2849 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2850 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2851 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2852 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // Merge regparm attribute. 2856 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2857 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2858 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2860 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2861 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2862 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 2866 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2867 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2868 } 2869 2870 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2871 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2872 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2874 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2879 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2880 } 2881 2882 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2883 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2884 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2885 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2886 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2887 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2888 } 2889 2890 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2891 // UndefinedButUsed. 2892 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2893 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2894 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2895 Old->isUsed(false) && 2896 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2897 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2898 SourceLocation())); 2899 2900 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2901 // about it. 2902 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2903 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2904 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2905 } 2906 2907 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2908 // redeclaration. 2909 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2910 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2912 << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2914 return true; 2915 } 2916 2917 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2918 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2919 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2920 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2921 // cannot be overloaded. 2922 2923 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2924 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2925 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2926 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2927 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2928 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2929 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2930 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2931 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2932 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2933 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2934 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2935 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2936 QualType ResQT; 2937 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2938 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2939 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2940 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2941 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2942 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2943 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2944 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2946 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2947 else 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2949 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2951 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2952 return true; 2953 } 2954 else 2955 NewQType = ResQT; 2956 } 2957 2958 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2959 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2960 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2961 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2962 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2963 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2964 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2965 New->setType( 2966 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2967 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2968 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2969 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2970 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2971 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2972 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2977 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2978 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2979 // Preserve triviality. 2980 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2981 2982 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2983 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2984 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2985 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2986 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2987 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2988 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2989 2990 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2991 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2992 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2993 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2994 // is a static member function declaration. 2995 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2996 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2997 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2998 return true; 2999 } 3000 3001 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3002 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3003 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3004 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3005 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3006 unsigned NewDiag; 3007 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3008 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3009 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3010 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3011 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3012 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3013 else 3014 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3015 3016 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3017 } else { 3018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3019 << New << New->getType(); 3020 } 3021 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3022 return true; 3023 3024 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3025 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3026 // 3027 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3028 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3029 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3030 if (isFriend) { 3031 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3032 } else { 3033 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3034 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3035 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3036 return true; 3037 } 3038 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3039 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3040 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3041 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3042 return true; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 3046 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3047 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3048 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3049 // attribute. 3050 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3051 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3052 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3053 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3054 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3055 } 3056 3057 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3058 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3059 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3060 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3061 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3062 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3063 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3064 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3065 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3066 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3067 } 3068 3069 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3070 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3071 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3072 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3073 3074 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3075 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3076 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3077 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3078 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3079 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3080 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3081 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3082 } 3083 3084 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3085 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3086 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3087 // 3088 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3089 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3090 // linkage within class scope. 3091 // 3092 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3093 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3095 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3096 } else { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3098 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3099 return true; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3104 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3105 3106 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3107 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3108 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3109 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3110 // when we instantiate the function. 3111 return false; 3112 } 3113 3114 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3115 } 3116 3117 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3118 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3120 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3121 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3122 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3123 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3124 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3125 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3126 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3127 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3128 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3129 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3130 NewQType = 3131 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3132 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3133 New->setType(NewQType); 3134 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3135 3136 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3137 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3138 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3139 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3140 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3141 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3142 SC_None, nullptr); 3143 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3144 Param->setImplicit(); 3145 Params.push_back(Param); 3146 } 3147 3148 New->setParams(Params); 3149 } 3150 3151 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3152 } 3153 3154 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3155 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3156 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3157 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3158 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3159 // the prototype. 3160 // 3161 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3162 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3163 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3164 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3165 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3166 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3167 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3168 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3169 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3170 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3171 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3172 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3173 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3174 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3175 3176 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3177 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3178 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3179 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3180 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3181 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3182 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3183 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3184 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3185 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3186 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3187 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3188 NewParm->getType(), 3189 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3190 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3191 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3192 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3193 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3194 } else 3195 LooseCompatible = false; 3196 } 3197 3198 if (LooseCompatible) { 3199 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3200 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3201 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3202 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3203 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3204 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3205 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3206 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3210 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3211 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3212 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3213 } 3214 3215 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3216 } 3217 3218 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3219 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3220 3221 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3222 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3223 unsigned BuiltinID; 3224 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3225 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3226 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3227 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3229 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3230 << Old << Old->getType(); 3231 3232 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3233 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3234 // 3235 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3236 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3237 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3238 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3239 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3240 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3241 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3242 3243 return false; 3244 } 3245 3246 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3247 } 3248 3249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3250 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3251 return true; 3252 } 3253 3254 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3255 /// known to be compatible. 3256 /// 3257 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3258 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3259 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3260 /// redeclaration of Old. 3261 /// 3262 /// \returns false 3263 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3264 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3265 // Merge the attributes 3266 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3267 3268 // Merge "pure" flag. 3269 if (Old->isPure()) 3270 New->setPure(); 3271 3272 // Merge "used" flag. 3273 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3274 New->setIsUsed(); 3275 3276 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3277 // declarations. 3278 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3279 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3280 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3281 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3282 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3283 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3284 } 3285 3286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3287 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3288 3289 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3290 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3291 // was visible. 3292 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3293 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3294 New->setType(Merged); 3295 3296 return false; 3297 } 3298 3299 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3300 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3301 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3302 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3303 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3304 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3305 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3306 : AMK_Override; 3307 3308 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3309 3310 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3311 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3312 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3313 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3314 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3315 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3316 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3317 3318 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3319 } 3320 3321 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3322 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3323 3324 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3325 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3326 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3327 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3328 3329 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3330 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3331 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3332 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3333 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3334 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3335 } 3336 3337 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3338 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3339 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3340 /// 3341 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3342 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3343 /// is attached. 3344 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3345 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3346 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3347 return; 3348 3349 QualType MergedT; 3350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3351 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3352 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3353 return; 3354 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3355 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3356 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3357 } 3358 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3359 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3360 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3361 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3362 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3363 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3364 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3365 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3366 3367 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3368 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3369 // mismatch. 3370 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3371 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3372 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3373 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3374 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3375 continue; 3376 3377 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3378 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3379 } 3380 } 3381 3382 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3383 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3384 NewArray->getElementType())) 3385 MergedT = New->getType(); 3386 } 3387 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3388 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3389 // visible. 3390 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3391 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3392 NewArray->getElementType())) 3393 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3394 } 3395 } 3396 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3397 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3398 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3399 Old->getType()); 3400 } 3401 } else { 3402 // C 6.2.7p2: 3403 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3404 // compatible type. 3405 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3406 } 3407 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3408 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3409 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3410 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3411 // equivalent. 3412 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3413 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3414 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3415 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3416 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3417 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3418 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3419 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3420 return; 3421 } 3422 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3423 } 3424 3425 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3426 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3427 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3428 New->setType(MergedT); 3429 } 3430 3431 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3432 LookupResult &Previous) { 3433 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3434 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3435 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3436 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3437 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3438 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3439 // 3440 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3441 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3442 return false; 3443 3444 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3445 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3446 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3447 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3448 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3449 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3450 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3451 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3452 } else { 3453 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3454 // type unless we're in the same function. 3455 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3456 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3461 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3462 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3463 /// 3464 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3465 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3466 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3467 /// 3468 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3469 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3470 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3471 return; 3472 3473 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3474 return; 3475 3476 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3477 3478 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3479 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3480 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3481 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3482 if (NewTemplate) { 3483 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3484 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3485 3486 if (auto *Shadow = 3487 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3488 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3489 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3490 } else { 3491 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3492 3493 if (auto *Shadow = 3494 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3495 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3496 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 } 3498 } 3499 if (!Old) { 3500 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3501 << New->getDeclName(); 3502 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3503 diag::note_previous_definition); 3504 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3505 } 3506 3507 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3508 if (NewTemplate && 3509 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3510 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3511 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3512 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3513 3514 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3515 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3516 // 3517 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3518 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3520 << New->getIdentifier(); 3521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3522 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3523 } 3524 3525 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3526 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3527 // declaration 3528 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3529 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3530 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3532 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3533 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3534 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3535 } 3536 3537 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3538 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3540 << New->getDeclName(); 3541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3542 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3543 } 3544 3545 // Merge the types. 3546 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3547 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3548 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3549 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3550 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3551 return; 3552 } 3553 3554 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3555 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3556 return; 3557 3558 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3559 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3560 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3561 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3562 3563 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3564 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3565 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3566 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3567 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3569 << New->getDeclName(); 3570 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3571 } else { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3573 << New->getDeclName(); 3574 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } 3577 } 3578 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3579 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3580 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3581 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3582 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3583 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3584 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3585 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3586 // identifier has external linkage. 3587 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3588 /* Okay */; 3589 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3590 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3591 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3593 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3594 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3595 } 3596 3597 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3598 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3599 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3601 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3602 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3603 } 3604 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3605 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3607 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3608 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3612 3613 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3614 // need to check for mismatches. 3615 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3616 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3617 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3618 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3620 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3621 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3622 } 3623 3624 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3625 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3626 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3627 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3628 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3630 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3631 } 3632 } 3633 3634 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3635 // UndefinedButUsed. 3636 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3637 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3638 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3639 SourceLocation())); 3640 3641 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3642 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3644 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3645 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3647 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3648 } else { 3649 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3650 // static and dynamic initialization. 3651 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3652 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3654 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3655 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3660 VarDecl *Def; 3661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3662 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3663 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3664 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3665 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3666 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3667 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3668 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3669 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3670 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3671 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3672 } else if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && 3673 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3674 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3675 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3676 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3677 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3678 } else { 3679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3680 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3681 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3682 return; 3683 } 3684 } 3685 3686 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3687 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3688 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3689 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3690 return; 3691 } 3692 3693 // Merge "used" flag. 3694 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3695 New->setIsUsed(); 3696 3697 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3698 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3699 if (NewTemplate) 3700 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3701 3702 // Inherit access appropriately. 3703 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3704 if (NewTemplate) 3705 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3706 3707 if (Old->isInline()) 3708 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3709 } 3710 3711 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3712 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3713 Decl * 3714 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3715 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3716 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3717 AnonRecord); 3718 } 3719 3720 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3721 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3722 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3723 // compatibility. 3724 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3725 // targeted. 3726 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3727 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3728 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3729 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3730 } 3731 3732 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3733 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3734 return; 3735 3736 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3737 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3738 // it is anonymous. 3739 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3740 return; 3741 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3742 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3743 Context.setManglingNumber( 3744 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3745 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3746 return; 3747 } 3748 3749 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3750 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3751 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3752 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3753 Context.setManglingNumber( 3754 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3755 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3760 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3761 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3762 return; 3763 3764 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3765 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3766 return; 3767 3768 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3769 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3770 3771 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3772 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3773 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3775 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3776 return; 3777 } 3778 3779 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3780 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3781 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3782 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3783 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3784 // for how to handle it. 3785 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3786 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3787 3788 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3789 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3790 3791 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3792 textToInsert += ' '; 3793 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3794 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3795 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3796 return; 3797 } 3798 3799 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3800 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3801 } 3802 3803 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3804 switch (T) { 3805 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3806 return 0; 3807 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3808 return 1; 3809 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3810 return 2; 3811 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3812 return 3; 3813 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3814 return 4; 3815 default: 3816 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3817 } 3818 } 3819 3820 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3821 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3822 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3823 Decl * 3824 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3825 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3826 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3827 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3828 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3829 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3830 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3831 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3832 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3833 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3834 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3835 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3836 3837 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3838 return nullptr; 3839 3840 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3841 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3842 // it's a Type. 3843 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3844 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3845 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3846 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (Tag) { 3850 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3851 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3852 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3853 return Tag; 3854 } 3855 3856 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3857 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3858 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3859 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3860 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3861 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3862 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3863 } 3864 3865 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3866 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3867 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3868 3869 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3870 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3871 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3872 if (Tag) 3873 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3874 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3875 else 3876 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3877 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3878 return TagD; 3879 } 3880 3881 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3882 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3883 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3884 // its initializer. 3885 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3886 return TagD; 3887 } 3888 3889 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3890 3891 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3892 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3893 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3894 if (TagD && !Tag) 3895 return nullptr; 3896 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3897 } 3898 3899 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3900 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3901 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3902 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3903 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3904 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3905 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3906 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3907 // or an explicit specialization. 3908 // 3909 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3910 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3911 // 3912 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3913 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3914 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3915 return nullptr; 3916 } 3917 3918 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3919 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3920 3921 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3922 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3923 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3924 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3926 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3927 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3928 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3929 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3930 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3931 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3932 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3933 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3934 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3935 AnonRecord = Record; 3936 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3937 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3938 } 3939 3940 DeclaresAnything = false; 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3945 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3946 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3947 // 3948 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3949 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3950 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3951 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3952 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3953 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3954 // struct STRUCT; 3955 // union UNION; 3956 // and 3957 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3958 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3959 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3960 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3961 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3962 if (Tag) 3963 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3964 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3965 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3966 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3967 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3968 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3969 3970 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3971 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3972 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3973 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3974 } 3975 3976 DeclaresAnything = false; 3977 } 3978 } 3979 3980 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3981 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3982 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3983 return TagD; 3984 3985 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3986 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3987 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3988 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3989 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3990 DeclaresAnything = false; 3991 3992 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3993 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3994 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3995 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3996 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3997 else 3998 DeclaresAnything = false; 3999 } 4000 4001 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4002 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4003 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4004 << Tag->getTagKind() 4005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4006 4007 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4008 4009 // C 6.7/2: 4010 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4011 // or the members of an enumeration. 4012 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4013 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4014 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4015 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4016 // previous declaration. 4017 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4018 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4019 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4020 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4021 return TagD; 4022 } 4023 4024 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4025 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4026 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4027 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4028 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4029 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4030 // 4031 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4032 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4034 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4035 4036 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4037 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4038 // useless. 4039 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4040 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4041 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4042 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4043 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4044 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4045 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4046 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4047 } 4048 4049 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4050 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4051 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4052 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4053 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4054 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4055 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4056 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4057 // Restrict is covered above. 4058 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4059 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4060 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4061 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4062 } 4063 4064 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4065 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4066 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4067 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4068 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4069 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4070 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4071 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4072 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4073 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4074 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4075 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4076 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4077 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4078 } 4079 } 4080 4081 return TagD; 4082 } 4083 4084 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4085 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4086 /// 4087 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4088 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4089 Scope *S, 4090 DeclContext *Owner, 4091 DeclarationName Name, 4092 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4093 bool IsUnion) { 4094 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4095 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4096 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4097 4098 // Pick a representative declaration. 4099 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4100 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4101 4102 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4103 return false; 4104 4105 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4106 << IsUnion << Name; 4107 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4108 4109 return true; 4110 } 4111 4112 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4113 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4114 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4115 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4116 /// struct, e.g., 4117 /// 4118 /// @code 4119 /// union { 4120 /// int i; 4121 /// float f; 4122 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4123 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4124 /// @endcode 4125 /// 4126 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4127 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4128 static bool 4129 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4130 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4131 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4132 bool Invalid = false; 4133 4134 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4135 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4136 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4137 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4138 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4139 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4140 VD->getLocation(), 4141 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4142 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4143 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4144 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4145 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4146 Invalid = true; 4147 } else { 4148 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4149 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4150 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4151 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4152 // anonymous union is declared. 4153 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4154 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4155 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4156 else 4157 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4158 4159 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4160 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4161 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4162 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4163 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4164 4165 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4166 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4167 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4168 4169 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4170 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4171 4172 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4173 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4174 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4175 4176 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4177 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4178 4179 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4180 } 4181 } 4182 } 4183 4184 return Invalid; 4185 } 4186 4187 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4188 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4189 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4190 static StorageClass 4191 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4192 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4193 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4194 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4195 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4196 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4197 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4198 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4199 return SC_None; 4200 return SC_Extern; 4201 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4202 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4203 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4204 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4205 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4206 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4207 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4208 } 4209 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4210 } 4211 4212 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4213 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4214 4215 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4216 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4217 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4218 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4219 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4220 return FD->getLocation(); 4221 } 4222 4223 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4224 } 4225 4226 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4227 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4228 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4229 return; 4230 4231 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4232 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4233 } 4234 4235 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4236 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4237 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4238 return; 4239 4240 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4241 } 4242 4243 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4244 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4245 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4246 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4247 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4248 AccessSpecifier AS, 4249 RecordDecl *Record, 4250 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4251 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4252 4253 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4254 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4255 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4256 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4257 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4258 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4259 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4260 4261 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4262 // structs/unions. 4263 bool Invalid = false; 4264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4265 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4266 unsigned DiagID; 4267 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4268 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4269 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4270 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4271 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4272 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4273 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4274 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4275 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4276 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4277 4278 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4279 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4280 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4281 } 4282 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4283 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4284 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4285 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4286 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4287 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4288 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4290 4291 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4292 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4293 SourceLocation(), 4294 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4295 } 4296 } 4297 4298 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4299 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4300 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4301 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4302 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4303 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4304 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4305 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4306 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4307 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4309 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4310 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4311 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4312 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4313 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4314 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4315 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4316 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4317 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4319 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4320 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4321 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4322 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4324 4325 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4326 } 4327 4328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4329 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4330 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4331 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4332 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4333 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4334 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4335 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4336 // members (clause 11). 4337 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4338 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4340 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4341 Invalid = true; 4342 } 4343 4344 // C++ [class.union]p1 4345 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4346 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4347 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4348 // array of such objects. 4349 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4350 Invalid = true; 4351 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4352 // Any implicit members are fine. 4353 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4354 // This is a type that showed up in an 4355 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4356 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4357 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4358 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4359 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4360 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4361 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4362 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4363 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4364 << Record->isUnion(); 4365 else { 4366 // This is a nested type declaration. 4367 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4368 << Record->isUnion(); 4369 Invalid = true; 4370 } 4371 } else { 4372 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4373 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4374 // not part of standard C++. 4375 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4376 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4377 << Record->isUnion(); 4378 } 4379 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4380 // Any access specifier is fine. 4381 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4382 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4383 } else { 4384 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4385 // member. Complain about it. 4386 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4388 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4389 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4390 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4391 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4392 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4393 4394 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4395 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4396 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4397 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4398 << Record->isUnion(); 4399 else { 4400 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4401 Invalid = true; 4402 } 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4407 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4408 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4409 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4410 Owner->isRecord()) 4411 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4412 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4413 } 4414 4415 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4416 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4417 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4418 Invalid = true; 4419 } 4420 4421 // Mock up a declarator. 4422 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4424 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4425 4426 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4427 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4428 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4429 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4430 DS.getLocStart(), 4431 Record->getLocation(), 4432 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4433 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4434 TInfo, 4435 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4436 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4437 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4439 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4440 } else { 4441 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4442 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4443 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4444 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4445 // an error here 4446 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4447 Invalid = true; 4448 SC = SC_None; 4449 } 4450 4451 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4452 DS.getLocStart(), 4453 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4454 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4455 TInfo, SC); 4456 4457 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4458 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4459 // initializer: 4460 // union { int n = 0; }; 4461 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4462 } 4463 Anon->setImplicit(); 4464 4465 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4466 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4467 4468 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4469 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4470 // its members. 4471 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4472 4473 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4474 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4475 // purposes. 4476 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4477 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4478 4479 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4480 Invalid = true; 4481 4482 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4484 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4485 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4486 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4487 Context.setManglingNumber( 4488 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4489 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4490 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4491 } 4492 } 4493 } 4494 4495 if (Invalid) 4496 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4497 4498 return Anon; 4499 } 4500 4501 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4502 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4503 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4504 /// Example: 4505 /// 4506 /// struct A { int a; }; 4507 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4508 /// 4509 /// void foo() { 4510 /// B var; 4511 /// var.a = 3; 4512 /// } 4513 /// 4514 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4515 RecordDecl *Record) { 4516 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4517 4518 // Mock up a declarator. 4519 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4521 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4522 4523 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4524 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4525 4526 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4527 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4528 ParentDecl, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 DS.getLocStart(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 RecTy, 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setImplicit(); 4537 4538 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4539 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4540 4541 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4542 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4543 // purposes. 4544 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4545 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4546 4547 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4548 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4549 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4550 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4551 AS_none, Chain)) { 4552 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4553 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4554 } 4555 4556 return Anon; 4557 } 4558 4559 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4560 /// given Declarator. 4561 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4562 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4563 } 4564 4565 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4566 DeclarationNameInfo 4567 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4568 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4569 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4570 4571 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4572 4573 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4574 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4575 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4576 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4577 return NameInfo; 4578 4579 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4580 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4581 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4582 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4583 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4584 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4585 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4586 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4587 return NameInfo; 4588 4589 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4590 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4591 Name.Identifier)); 4592 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4593 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4594 return NameInfo; 4595 4596 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4598 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4599 if (Ty.isNull()) 4600 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4601 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4602 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4603 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4604 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4605 return NameInfo; 4606 } 4607 4608 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4610 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4611 if (Ty.isNull()) 4612 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4613 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4614 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4615 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4616 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4617 return NameInfo; 4618 } 4619 4620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4621 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4622 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4623 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4624 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4625 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4626 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4627 4628 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4629 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4630 4631 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4632 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4633 // was qualified. 4634 4635 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4636 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4637 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4638 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4639 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4640 return NameInfo; 4641 } 4642 4643 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4644 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4645 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4646 if (Ty.isNull()) 4647 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4648 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4649 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4650 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4651 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4652 return NameInfo; 4653 } 4654 4655 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4656 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4657 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4658 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4659 } 4660 4661 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4662 4663 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4664 } 4665 4666 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4667 do { 4668 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4669 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4670 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4671 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4672 else 4673 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4674 } while (true); 4675 } 4676 4677 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4678 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4679 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4680 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4681 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4682 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4683 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4684 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4685 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4686 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4687 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4688 Params.clear(); 4689 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4690 return false; 4691 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4692 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4693 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4694 4695 // The parameter types are identical 4696 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4697 continue; 4698 4699 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4700 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4701 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4702 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4703 4704 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4705 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4706 Params.push_back(Idx); 4707 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4708 return false; 4709 } 4710 4711 return true; 4712 } 4713 4714 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4715 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4716 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4717 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4718 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4719 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4720 DeclarationName Name) { 4721 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4722 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4723 // - types which will become injected class names 4724 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4725 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4726 // few cases here. 4727 4728 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4729 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4730 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4731 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4732 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4733 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4734 // Grab the type from the parser. 4735 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4736 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4737 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4738 4739 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4740 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4741 // attached already. 4742 if (!TSI) 4743 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4744 4745 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4746 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4747 if (!TSI) return true; 4748 4749 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4750 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4751 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4752 break; 4753 } 4754 4755 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4756 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4757 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4758 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4759 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4760 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4761 break; 4762 } 4763 4764 default: 4765 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4766 break; 4767 } 4768 4769 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4770 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4771 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4772 4773 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4774 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4775 // pointer. 4776 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4777 continue; 4778 4779 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4780 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4781 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4782 return true; 4783 } 4784 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4789 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4790 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4791 4792 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4793 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4794 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4795 4796 return Dcl; 4797 } 4798 4799 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4800 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4801 /// name different from T: 4802 /// - every static data member of class T; 4803 /// - every member function of class T 4804 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4805 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4806 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4808 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4809 4810 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4811 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4812 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4813 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4814 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4815 return true; 4816 } 4817 4818 return false; 4819 } 4820 4821 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4822 /// nested-name-specifier. 4823 /// 4824 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4825 /// 4826 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4827 /// resolves. 4828 /// 4829 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4830 /// 4831 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4832 /// 4833 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4834 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4835 DeclarationName Name, 4836 SourceLocation Loc) { 4837 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4838 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4839 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4840 4841 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4842 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4843 // 4844 // class X { 4845 // void X::f(); 4846 // }; 4847 // 4848 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4849 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4850 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4851 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4852 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4853 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4854 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4855 SS.clear(); 4856 } else { 4857 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4858 } 4859 return false; 4860 } 4861 4862 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4863 // declaration. 4864 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4865 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4867 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4868 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4870 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4871 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4873 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4874 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4875 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4876 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4877 else 4878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4879 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4880 4881 return true; 4882 } 4883 4884 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4885 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4887 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4888 SS.clear(); 4889 4890 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4891 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4892 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4893 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4894 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4895 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4896 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4897 return true; 4898 4899 return false; 4900 } 4901 4902 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4903 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4904 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4905 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4906 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4907 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4908 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4909 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4911 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4912 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4917 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4918 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4919 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4920 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4921 4922 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4923 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4924 if (!Name) { 4925 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4926 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4927 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4928 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4929 return nullptr; 4930 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4931 return nullptr; 4932 4933 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4934 // we find one that is. 4935 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4936 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4937 S = S->getParent(); 4938 4939 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4940 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4941 D.setInvalidType(); 4942 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4943 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4944 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4945 return nullptr; 4946 4947 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4948 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4949 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4950 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4951 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4952 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4953 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4954 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4955 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4956 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4957 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4958 return nullptr; 4959 } 4960 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4961 4962 if (!IsDependentContext && 4963 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4964 return nullptr; 4965 4966 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4967 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4968 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4969 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4970 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4971 return nullptr; 4972 } 4973 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4974 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4975 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4976 if (DC->isRecord()) 4977 return nullptr; 4978 4979 D.setInvalidType(); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 4983 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4984 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4985 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4986 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4987 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4988 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4989 D.setInvalidType(); 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4994 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4995 4996 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4997 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4998 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4999 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5000 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5001 return nullptr; 5002 5003 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5004 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5005 D.setInvalidType(); 5006 5007 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5008 ForRedeclaration); 5009 5010 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5011 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5012 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5013 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5014 5015 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5016 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5017 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5018 // 5019 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5020 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5021 // the same name. 5022 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5023 /* Do nothing*/; 5024 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5025 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5026 R->isFunctionType())) { 5027 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5028 CreateBuiltins = 5029 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5030 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5031 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5032 CreateBuiltins = true; 5033 5034 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5035 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5036 5037 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5038 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5039 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5040 5041 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5042 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5043 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5044 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5045 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5046 // thereof; [...] 5047 // 5048 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5049 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5050 // we want to match. For example, given: 5051 // 5052 // class X { 5053 // void f(); 5054 // void f(float); 5055 // }; 5056 // 5057 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5058 // 5059 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5060 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5061 // matches. 5062 5063 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5064 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5065 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5066 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5067 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5068 } 5069 5070 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5071 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5072 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5073 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5074 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5075 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5076 5077 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5078 Previous.clear(); 5079 } 5080 5081 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5082 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5083 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5084 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5085 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5086 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5087 Previous.clear(); 5088 5089 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5090 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5092 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5093 5094 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5095 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5096 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5097 // template, declared in namespace scope 5098 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5100 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5101 return nullptr; 5102 } 5103 5104 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5105 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5106 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5107 return nullptr; 5108 } 5109 } 5110 5111 NamedDecl *New; 5112 5113 bool AddToScope = true; 5114 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5115 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5116 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5117 return nullptr; 5118 } 5119 5120 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5121 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5122 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5123 TemplateParamLists, 5124 AddToScope); 5125 } else { 5126 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5127 AddToScope); 5128 } 5129 5130 if (!New) 5131 return nullptr; 5132 5133 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5134 // add it to the scope stack. 5135 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5136 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5137 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5138 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5139 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5140 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5141 if (!AddToContext) 5142 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5143 } 5144 5145 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5146 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5147 5148 return New; 5149 } 5150 5151 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5152 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5153 /// GCC compatibility). 5154 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5155 ASTContext &Context, 5156 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5157 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5158 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5159 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5160 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5161 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5162 SizeIsNegative = false; 5163 Oversized = 0; 5164 5165 if (T->isDependentType()) 5166 return QualType(); 5167 5168 QualifierCollector Qs; 5169 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5170 5171 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5172 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5173 QualType FixedType = 5174 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5175 Oversized); 5176 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5177 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5178 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5179 } 5180 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5181 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5182 QualType FixedType = 5183 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5184 Oversized); 5185 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5186 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5187 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5188 } 5189 5190 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5191 if (!VLATy) 5192 return QualType(); 5193 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5194 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5195 return QualType(); 5196 5197 llvm::APSInt Res; 5198 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5199 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5200 return QualType(); 5201 5202 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5203 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5204 SizeIsNegative = true; 5205 return QualType(); 5206 } 5207 5208 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5209 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5210 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5211 Res); 5212 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5213 Oversized = Res; 5214 return QualType(); 5215 } 5216 5217 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5218 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5219 } 5220 5221 static void 5222 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5223 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5224 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5225 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5226 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5227 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5228 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5229 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5230 return; 5231 } 5232 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5233 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5234 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5235 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5236 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5237 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5238 return; 5239 } 5240 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5241 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5242 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5243 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5244 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5245 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5246 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5247 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5248 } 5249 5250 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5251 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5252 /// GCC compatibility). 5253 static TypeSourceInfo* 5254 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5255 ASTContext &Context, 5256 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5257 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5258 QualType FixedTy 5259 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5260 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5261 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5262 return nullptr; 5263 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5264 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5265 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5266 return FixedTInfo; 5267 } 5268 5269 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5270 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5271 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5272 /// function-scope declarations. 5273 void 5274 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5275 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5276 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5277 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5278 return; 5279 5280 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5281 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5282 } 5283 5284 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5285 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5286 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5287 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5288 } 5289 5290 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5291 /// does not identify a function. 5292 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5293 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5294 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5295 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5296 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5297 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5298 5299 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5300 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5301 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5302 5303 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5304 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5305 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5306 } 5307 5308 NamedDecl* 5309 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5311 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5312 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5313 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5314 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5315 D.setInvalidType(); 5316 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5317 DC = CurContext; 5318 Previous.clear(); 5319 } 5320 5321 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5322 5323 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5325 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5328 << 1; 5329 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5331 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5332 5333 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5334 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5335 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5336 return nullptr; 5337 } 5338 5339 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5340 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5341 5342 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5343 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5344 5345 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5346 5347 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5348 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5349 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5350 return ND; 5351 } 5352 5353 void 5354 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5355 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5356 // then it shall have block scope. 5357 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5358 // that redeclarations will match. 5359 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5360 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5361 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5362 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5363 5364 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5365 bool SizeIsNegative; 5366 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5367 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5368 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5369 SizeIsNegative, 5370 Oversized); 5371 if (FixedTInfo) { 5372 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5373 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5374 } else { 5375 if (SizeIsNegative) 5376 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5377 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5378 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5379 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5380 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5381 << Oversized.toString(10); 5382 else 5383 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5384 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5385 } 5386 } 5387 } 5388 } 5389 5390 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5391 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5392 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5393 NamedDecl* 5394 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5395 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5396 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5397 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5398 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5399 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5400 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5401 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5402 Redeclaration = true; 5403 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5404 } 5405 5406 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5407 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5408 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5409 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5410 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5411 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5412 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5413 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5414 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5415 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5416 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5417 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5418 } 5419 5420 return NewTD; 5421 } 5422 5423 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5424 /// previous declaration. 5425 /// 5426 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5427 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5428 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5429 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5430 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5431 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5432 /// 5433 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5434 /// lookup 5435 /// 5436 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5437 /// declared. 5438 /// 5439 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5440 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5441 static bool 5442 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5443 ASTContext &Context) { 5444 if (!PrevDecl) 5445 return false; 5446 5447 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5448 return false; 5449 5450 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5451 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5452 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5453 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5454 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5455 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5456 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5457 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5458 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5459 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5460 return false; 5461 5462 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5463 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5464 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5465 return false; 5466 5467 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5468 // previous declarations. 5469 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5470 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5471 5472 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5473 // isn't the same function. 5474 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5475 return false; 5476 } 5477 5478 return true; 5479 } 5480 5481 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5482 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5483 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5484 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5485 } 5486 5487 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5488 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5489 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5490 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5491 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5492 unsigned kind = -1U; 5493 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5494 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5495 kind = 0; // __block 5496 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5497 kind = 1; // global 5498 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5499 kind = 3; // ivar 5500 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5501 kind = 2; // field 5502 } 5503 5504 if (kind != -1U) { 5505 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5506 << kind; 5507 } 5508 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5509 // Try to infer lifetime. 5510 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5511 return false; 5512 5513 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5514 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5515 decl->setType(type); 5516 } 5517 5518 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5519 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5520 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5521 var->getTLSKind()) { 5522 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5523 << var->getType(); 5524 return true; 5525 } 5526 } 5527 5528 return false; 5529 } 5530 5531 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5532 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5533 // the wrong linkage. 5534 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5535 5536 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5537 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5538 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5539 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5540 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5541 } 5542 } 5543 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5544 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5545 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5546 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5547 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5548 } 5549 } 5550 5551 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5552 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5553 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5554 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5555 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5556 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5557 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5558 } 5559 } 5560 } 5561 5562 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5563 // It does not apply to functions. 5564 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5565 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5566 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5567 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5568 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5569 } 5570 } 5571 5572 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5573 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5574 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5575 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5576 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5577 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5578 << &ND << Attr; 5579 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5580 } 5581 } 5582 5583 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5584 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5585 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5586 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5587 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5588 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5589 << Attr; 5590 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5591 } 5592 } 5593 5594 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5595 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5596 bool IsSpecialization, 5597 bool IsDefinition) { 5598 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5599 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5600 if (!IsSpecialization) 5601 IsDefinition = false; 5602 } 5603 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5604 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5605 5606 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5607 return; 5608 5609 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5610 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5611 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5612 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5613 5614 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5615 // inherited attribute instances. 5616 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5617 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5618 5619 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5620 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5621 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5622 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5623 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5624 5625 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5626 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5627 bool JustWarn = false; 5628 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5629 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5630 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5631 JustWarn = true; 5632 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5633 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5634 JustWarn = true; 5635 } 5636 5637 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5638 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5639 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5640 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5641 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5642 JustWarn = false; 5643 5644 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5645 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5646 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5647 << NewDecl 5648 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5649 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5650 if (!JustWarn) { 5651 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5652 return; 5653 } 5654 } 5655 5656 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5657 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5658 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5659 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5660 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5661 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5662 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5663 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5664 // separately. 5665 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5666 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5667 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5668 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5669 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5670 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5671 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5672 } 5673 5674 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5675 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5676 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5677 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5678 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5679 << NewDecl; 5680 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5681 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5682 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5683 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5684 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5685 } else { 5686 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5687 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5688 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5689 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5690 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5691 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5692 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5693 } 5694 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5695 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5696 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5697 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5698 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5699 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5700 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5701 } 5702 } 5703 5704 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5705 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5706 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5707 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5708 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5709 5710 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5711 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5712 5713 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5714 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5715 return false; 5716 5717 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5718 5719 #ifndef NDEBUG 5720 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5721 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5722 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5723 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5724 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5725 #endif 5726 5727 bool isC99Inline = 5728 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5729 5730 #ifndef NDEBUG 5731 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5732 #endif 5733 5734 return isC99Inline; 5735 } 5736 5737 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5738 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5739 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5740 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5741 /// 5742 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5743 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5744 /// 5745 /// For instance: 5746 /// 5747 /// auto x = []{}; 5748 /// 5749 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5750 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5751 /// 5752 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5753 template<typename T> 5754 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5755 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5756 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5757 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5758 return false; 5759 5760 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5761 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5762 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5763 return false; 5764 } 5765 return D->isExternC(); 5766 } 5767 5768 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5769 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5770 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5771 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5772 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5773 return true; 5774 if (DC->isRecord()) 5775 return false; 5776 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5777 } 5778 5779 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5780 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5781 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5782 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5783 return true; 5784 if (DC->isRecord()) 5785 return false; 5786 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5787 } 5788 5789 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5790 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5791 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5792 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5793 return true; 5794 return false; 5795 } 5796 5797 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5798 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5799 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5800 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5801 return true; 5802 5803 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5804 // position to the decl itself. 5805 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5806 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5807 return true; 5808 } 5809 5810 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5811 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5812 } 5813 5814 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5815 /// function-local external declaration. 5816 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5817 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5821 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5822 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5823 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5824 return true; 5825 5826 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5827 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5828 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5829 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5830 // 5831 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5832 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5833 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5834 DC = DC->getParent(); 5835 return true; 5836 } 5837 5838 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5839 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5840 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5841 return FD->isExternC(); 5842 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5843 return VD->isExternC(); 5844 5845 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5846 } 5847 5848 NamedDecl * 5849 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5850 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5851 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5852 bool &AddToScope) { 5853 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5854 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5855 5856 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5857 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5858 // argument. 5859 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5861 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5862 << R; 5863 D.setInvalidType(); 5864 return nullptr; 5865 } 5866 5867 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5868 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5869 5870 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5871 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5872 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5873 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5874 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5875 SC = SC_Extern; 5876 5877 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5878 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5879 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5880 5881 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5882 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5883 QualType NR = R; 5884 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5885 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5887 D.setInvalidType(); 5888 break; 5889 } 5890 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5891 } 5892 5893 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5894 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5895 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5896 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5897 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5898 D.setInvalidType(); 5899 } 5900 } 5901 } 5902 5903 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5904 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5905 // an error here 5906 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5907 D.setInvalidType(); 5908 SC = SC_None; 5909 } 5910 5911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5912 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5913 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5914 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5915 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5916 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5918 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5919 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5920 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5921 } 5922 5923 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5924 if (!II) { 5925 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5926 << Name; 5927 return nullptr; 5928 } 5929 5930 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5931 5932 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5933 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5934 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5935 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5936 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5938 D.setInvalidType(); 5939 } 5940 } 5941 5942 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5943 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5944 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5945 // space qualifiers. 5946 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5947 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5949 } 5950 5951 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5952 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5953 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5954 // address space qualifiers. 5955 if (R->isEventT()) { 5956 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5957 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5958 D.setInvalidType(); 5959 } 5960 5961 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5962 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5963 D.setInvalidType(); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5969 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5970 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5971 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5972 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5973 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5974 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5975 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5976 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5977 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5978 R, TInfo, SC); 5979 5980 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5981 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5982 5983 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5985 } else { 5986 bool Invalid = false; 5987 5988 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5989 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5990 switch (SC) { 5991 case SC_None: 5992 break; 5993 case SC_Static: 5994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5995 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5997 break; 5998 case SC_Auto: 5999 case SC_Register: 6000 case SC_Extern: 6001 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6002 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6003 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6004 // of class members 6005 6006 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6007 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6009 break; 6010 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6011 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6016 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6017 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6018 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6019 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6020 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6021 6022 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6023 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6024 if (RD->isUnion()) 6025 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6026 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6027 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6028 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6029 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6030 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6032 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6033 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6034 } 6035 } 6036 6037 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6038 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6039 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6040 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6041 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6042 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6043 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6044 : nullptr, 6045 TemplateParamLists, 6046 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6047 6048 if (TemplateParams) { 6049 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6050 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6051 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6052 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6053 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6054 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6055 << II 6056 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6057 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6058 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6059 } else { 6060 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6061 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6062 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6063 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6064 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6065 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6066 // This is a template declaration. 6067 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6068 6069 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6070 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6071 return nullptr; 6072 6073 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6074 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6075 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6076 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6077 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6078 } 6079 } 6080 } else { 6081 assert( 6082 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6083 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6084 } 6085 6086 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6087 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6088 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6089 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6090 : SourceLocation(); 6091 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6092 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6093 IsPartialSpecialization); 6094 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6095 return nullptr; 6096 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6097 AddToScope = false; 6098 } else 6099 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6100 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6101 6102 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6103 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6104 NewTemplate = 6105 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6106 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6107 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6108 } 6109 6110 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6111 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6112 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6113 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6114 6115 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6116 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6117 if (NewTemplate) 6118 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6119 } 6120 6121 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6122 6123 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6124 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6125 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6126 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6127 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6128 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6129 6130 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6131 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6132 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6133 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6134 // implicitly an inline variable. 6135 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6136 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6137 } 6138 6139 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6140 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6141 VTD->setConcept(); 6142 6143 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6144 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6145 // specifiers, [...] 6146 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6148 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6149 << 0 << 0; 6150 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6151 } 6152 6153 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6154 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6155 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6156 << 0 << 3; 6157 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6158 } 6159 6160 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6161 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6162 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6163 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6164 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6165 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6166 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6167 } 6168 6169 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6170 // following restrictions: 6171 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6172 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6173 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6175 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6176 } 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6181 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6182 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6183 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6184 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6185 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6186 } else { 6187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6188 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6189 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6190 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6191 } 6192 } 6193 6194 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6195 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6196 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6197 if (NewTemplate) 6198 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6199 6200 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6201 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6202 6203 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6204 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6205 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6206 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6207 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6208 // explicitly. 6209 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6210 // 'extern'. 6211 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6212 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6213 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6214 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6215 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6216 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6217 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6218 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6219 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6220 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6221 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6222 // error should be ignored. 6223 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6224 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6225 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6226 // to emit any code for it. 6227 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6228 } else 6229 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6230 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6231 } else 6232 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6233 } 6234 6235 // C99 6.7.4p3 6236 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6237 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6238 // thread storage duration... 6239 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6240 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6241 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6242 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6243 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6244 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6245 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6246 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6247 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6249 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6250 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6255 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6257 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6259 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6260 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6262 << 2 6263 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6264 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6265 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6266 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6267 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6269 else { 6270 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6271 if (NewTemplate) 6272 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6273 } 6274 } 6275 6276 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6277 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6278 6279 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6280 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6281 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6282 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6283 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6284 // storage [duration]." 6285 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6286 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6287 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6288 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6293 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6294 // check the VarDecl itself. 6295 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6296 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6297 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6298 6299 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6300 // retainable type. 6301 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6302 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6303 6304 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6305 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6306 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6307 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6308 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6309 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6310 switch (SC) { 6311 case SC_None: 6312 case SC_Auto: 6313 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6314 break; 6315 case SC_Register: 6316 // Local Named register 6317 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6318 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6319 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6320 break; 6321 case SC_Static: 6322 case SC_Extern: 6323 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6324 break; 6325 } 6326 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6327 // Global Named register 6328 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6329 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6330 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6331 6332 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6333 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6334 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6335 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6336 HasSizeMismatch)) 6337 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6338 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6339 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6340 } 6341 6342 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6343 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6344 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6345 } 6346 } 6347 6348 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6349 Context, Label, 0)); 6350 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6351 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6352 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6353 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6354 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6355 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6356 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6357 } else 6358 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6359 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6364 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6365 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6366 6367 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6368 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6369 // declaration has linkage). 6370 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6371 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6372 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6373 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6374 6375 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6376 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6377 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6378 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6379 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6380 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6381 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6382 6383 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6384 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6385 } else { 6386 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6387 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6388 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6389 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6390 6391 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6392 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6393 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6394 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6395 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6396 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6397 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6398 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6399 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6400 Previous.clear(); 6401 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6402 } 6403 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6404 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6405 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6406 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6407 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6408 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6409 } 6410 6411 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6412 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6413 6414 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6415 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6416 // concept definition. 6417 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6418 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6419 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6420 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6421 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6422 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6424 << 1 /*variable*/ 6425 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6426 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6427 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6428 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6429 } 6430 } 6431 } 6432 6433 if (NewTemplate) { 6434 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6435 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6436 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6437 : nullptr; 6438 6439 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6440 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6441 // template declaration. 6442 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6443 TemplateParams, 6444 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6445 : nullptr, 6446 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6447 DC->isDependentContext()) 6448 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6449 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6450 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6451 6452 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6453 // template, make a note of that. 6454 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6455 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6456 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6457 } 6458 } 6459 6460 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6461 6462 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6463 // the map of such variables. 6464 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6465 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6466 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6467 6468 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6469 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6470 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6471 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6472 Context.setManglingNumber( 6473 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6474 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6475 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6476 } 6477 } 6478 6479 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6480 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6481 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6482 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6483 6484 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6485 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6486 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6487 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6488 6489 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6490 // behavior. 6491 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6492 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6493 } 6494 6495 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6496 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6497 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6498 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6499 } 6500 6501 if (NewTemplate) { 6502 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6503 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6504 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6505 return NewTemplate; 6506 } 6507 6508 return NewVD; 6509 } 6510 6511 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6512 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6513 6514 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6515 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6516 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6517 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6518 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6519 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6520 } 6521 6522 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6523 /// -Wshadow. 6524 /// 6525 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6526 /// scope. 6527 /// 6528 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6529 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6530 /// 6531 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6532 // Return if warning is ignored. 6533 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6534 return; 6535 6536 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6537 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6538 return; 6539 6540 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6541 6542 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6543 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6544 return; 6545 6546 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6547 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6548 return; 6549 6550 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6551 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6552 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6553 if (MD->isStatic()) 6554 return; 6555 6556 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6557 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6558 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6559 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6560 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6561 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6562 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6563 return; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 6567 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6568 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6569 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6570 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6571 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6572 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6573 ShadowedDecl = I; 6574 break; 6575 } 6576 } 6577 6578 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6579 6580 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6581 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6582 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6583 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6584 return; 6585 6586 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6587 // static data members from base classes? 6588 6589 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6590 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6591 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6592 } 6593 6594 6595 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6596 6597 // Emit warning and note. 6598 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6599 return; 6600 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6601 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6602 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6603 } 6604 6605 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6606 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6607 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6608 return; 6609 6610 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6611 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6612 LookupName(R, S); 6613 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6614 } 6615 6616 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6617 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6618 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6619 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6620 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6621 return; 6622 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6623 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6624 if (!DRE) 6625 return; 6626 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6627 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6628 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6629 return; 6630 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6631 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6632 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6633 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6634 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6635 6636 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6637 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6638 } 6639 6640 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6641 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6642 template<typename T> 6643 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6644 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6645 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6646 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6647 6648 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6649 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6650 // declaration. 6651 return false; 6652 } 6653 6654 if (Prev) { 6655 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6656 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6657 // redeclaration. 6658 Previous.clear(); 6659 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6660 return true; 6661 } 6662 6663 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6664 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6665 // declaration. 6666 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6667 return false; 6668 } else { 6669 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6670 // translation unit which might conflict. 6671 if (IsGlobal) { 6672 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6673 IsGlobal = false; 6674 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6675 I != E; ++I) { 6676 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6677 Prev = *I; 6678 break; 6679 } 6680 } 6681 } else { 6682 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6683 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6684 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6685 I != E; ++I) { 6686 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6687 Prev = *I; 6688 break; 6689 } 6690 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6691 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6692 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6693 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6694 // diagnostic. 6695 } 6696 } 6697 6698 if (!Prev) 6699 return false; 6700 } 6701 6702 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6703 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6704 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6705 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6706 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6707 else 6708 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6709 6710 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6711 << IsGlobal << ND; 6712 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6713 << IsGlobal; 6714 return false; 6715 } 6716 6717 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6718 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6719 /// 6720 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6721 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6722 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6723 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6724 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6725 template<typename T> 6726 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6727 LookupResult &Previous) { 6728 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6729 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6730 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6731 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6732 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6733 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6734 Previous.clear(); 6735 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6736 return true; 6737 } 6738 } 6739 return false; 6740 } 6741 6742 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6743 // declaration. 6744 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6745 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6746 6747 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6748 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6749 // in another scope. 6750 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6751 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6752 6753 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6754 return false; 6755 } 6756 6757 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6758 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6759 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6760 return; 6761 6762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6763 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6764 6765 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6766 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6767 return; 6768 6769 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6770 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6771 6772 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6773 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6774 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6775 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6776 NewVD->setType(T); 6777 } 6778 6779 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6780 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6781 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6782 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6783 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6784 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6785 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6786 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6787 return; 6788 } 6789 6790 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6791 // scope. 6792 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6793 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6794 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6796 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6797 return; 6798 } 6799 6800 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6801 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6802 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6803 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6804 return; 6805 } 6806 6807 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6808 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6809 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6810 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6811 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6812 << 0 /*const*/; 6813 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6814 return; 6815 } 6816 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6817 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6819 return; 6820 } 6821 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6822 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6823 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6824 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6825 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6826 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6827 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6828 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6829 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6830 return; 6831 } 6832 } 6833 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6834 // __constant address space. 6835 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6836 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6837 // address space. 6838 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6839 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6840 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6841 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6842 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6843 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6844 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6845 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6847 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6848 else 6849 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6850 << Scope << "constant"; 6851 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6852 return; 6853 } 6854 } else { 6855 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6856 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6857 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6858 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6859 return; 6860 } 6861 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6862 // in functions. 6863 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6864 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6865 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6866 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6867 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6868 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6869 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6870 else 6871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6872 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6873 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6874 return; 6875 } 6876 } 6877 } 6878 } 6879 6880 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6881 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6882 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6883 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6884 else { 6885 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6887 } 6888 } 6889 6890 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6891 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6892 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6893 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6894 6895 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6896 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6897 bool SizeIsNegative; 6898 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6899 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6900 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6901 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6902 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6903 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6904 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6905 // int a[10][n]; 6906 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6907 6908 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6909 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6910 << SizeRange; 6911 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6913 << SizeRange; 6914 else 6915 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6916 << SizeRange; 6917 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6918 return; 6919 } 6920 6921 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6922 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6923 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6924 else 6925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6926 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6927 return; 6928 } 6929 6930 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6931 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6932 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6933 } 6934 6935 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6936 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6937 // of objects and functions. 6938 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6939 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6940 << T; 6941 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6942 return; 6943 } 6944 } 6945 6946 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6947 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6948 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6949 return; 6950 } 6951 6952 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6953 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6954 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6955 return; 6956 } 6957 6958 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6959 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6960 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6961 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6962 return; 6963 } 6964 } 6965 6966 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6967 /// declaration. 6968 /// 6969 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6970 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6971 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6972 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6973 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6974 /// 6975 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6976 /// 6977 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6978 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6979 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6980 6981 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6982 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6983 return false; 6984 6985 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6986 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6987 if (Previous.empty() && 6988 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6989 Previous.setShadowed(); 6990 6991 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6992 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6993 return true; 6994 } 6995 return false; 6996 } 6997 6998 namespace { 6999 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7000 Sema *S; 7001 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7002 7003 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7004 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7005 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7006 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7007 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7008 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7009 7010 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7011 7012 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7013 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7014 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7015 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7016 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7017 7018 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7019 } 7020 7021 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7022 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7023 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7024 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7025 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7026 return true; 7027 } 7028 } 7029 7030 return false; 7031 } 7032 }; 7033 7034 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7035 } // end anonymous namespace 7036 7037 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7038 /// overriden methods. 7039 /// 7040 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7041 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7042 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7043 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7044 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7045 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7046 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7047 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7048 I != E; ++I) { 7049 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7050 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7051 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7052 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7053 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7054 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7055 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7056 } 7057 } 7058 7059 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7060 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7061 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7062 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7063 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7064 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7065 FOM.Method = MD; 7066 FOM.S = this; 7067 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7068 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7069 bool AddedAny = false; 7070 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7071 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7072 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7073 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7074 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7075 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7076 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7077 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7078 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7079 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7080 AddedAny = true; 7081 } 7082 } 7083 } 7084 } 7085 7086 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7087 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7088 } 7089 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7090 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7091 } 7092 7093 return AddedAny; 7094 } 7095 7096 namespace { 7097 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7098 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7099 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7100 Scope *S; 7101 Declarator &D; 7102 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7103 bool AddToScope; 7104 }; 7105 } // end anonymous namespace 7106 7107 namespace { 7108 7109 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7110 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7111 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7112 public: 7113 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7114 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7115 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7116 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7117 7118 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7119 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7120 return false; 7121 7122 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7123 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7124 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7125 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7126 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7127 7128 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7129 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7130 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7131 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7132 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7133 return true; 7134 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7135 return true; 7136 } 7137 } 7138 } 7139 7140 return false; 7141 } 7142 7143 private: 7144 ASTContext &Context; 7145 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7146 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7147 }; 7148 7149 } // end anonymous namespace 7150 7151 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7152 /// 7153 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7154 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7155 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7156 /// the same name. 7157 /// 7158 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7159 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7160 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7161 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7162 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7163 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7164 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7165 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7166 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7167 TypoCorrection Correction; 7168 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7169 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7170 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7171 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7172 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7173 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7174 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7175 7176 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7177 if (IsLocalFriend) 7178 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7179 else 7180 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7181 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7182 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7183 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7184 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7185 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7186 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7187 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7188 if (FD && 7189 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7190 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7191 // involve a parameter 7192 unsigned ParamNum = 7193 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7194 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7195 } 7196 } 7197 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7198 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7199 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7200 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7201 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7202 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7203 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7204 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7205 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7206 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7207 Previous.clear(); 7208 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7209 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7210 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7211 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7212 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7213 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7214 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7215 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7216 } 7217 } 7218 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7219 7220 NamedDecl *Result; 7221 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7222 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7223 { 7224 // Trap errors. 7225 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7226 7227 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7228 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7229 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7230 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7231 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7232 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7233 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7234 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7235 7236 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7237 Result = nullptr; 7238 } 7239 7240 if (Result) { 7241 // Determine which correction we picked. 7242 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7243 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7244 I != E; ++I) 7245 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7246 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7247 7248 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7249 Correction, 7250 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7251 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7252 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7253 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7254 return Result; 7255 } 7256 7257 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7258 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7259 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7260 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7261 Previous.clear(); 7262 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7263 } 7264 7265 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7266 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7267 7268 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7269 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7270 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7271 7272 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7273 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7274 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7275 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7276 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7277 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7278 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7279 7280 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7281 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7282 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7283 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7284 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7285 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7286 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7287 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7288 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7289 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7290 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7291 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7292 } else 7293 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7294 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7295 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7296 } 7297 return nullptr; 7298 } 7299 7300 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7301 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7302 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7303 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7304 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7305 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7306 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7307 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7308 D.setInvalidType(); 7309 break; 7310 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7311 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7312 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7313 return SC_None; 7314 return SC_Extern; 7315 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7316 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7317 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7318 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7319 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7320 // other than extern 7321 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7322 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7323 diag::err_static_block_func); 7324 break; 7325 } else 7326 return SC_Static; 7327 } 7328 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7329 } 7330 7331 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7332 return SC_None; 7333 } 7334 7335 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7336 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7338 StorageClass SC, 7339 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7340 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7341 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7342 7343 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7344 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7345 7346 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7347 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7348 // prototype. This true when: 7349 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7350 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7351 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7352 bool HasPrototype = 7353 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7354 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7355 7356 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7357 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7358 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7359 HasPrototype, false); 7360 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7361 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7362 7363 return NewFD; 7364 } 7365 7366 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7367 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7368 7369 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7370 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7371 // the class has been completely parsed. 7372 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7373 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7374 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7375 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7376 D.setInvalidType(); 7377 7378 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7379 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7380 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7381 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7382 7383 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7384 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7385 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7386 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7387 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7388 isConstexpr); 7389 7390 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7391 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7392 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7393 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7394 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7395 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7396 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7397 D.getLocStart(), 7398 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7399 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7400 7401 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7402 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7403 // it yet. 7404 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7405 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7406 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7407 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7408 } 7409 7410 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7411 return NewDD; 7412 7413 } else { 7414 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7415 D.setInvalidType(); 7416 7417 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7418 // code path. 7419 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7420 D.getLocStart(), 7421 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7422 SC, isInline, 7423 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7424 } 7425 7426 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7427 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7428 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7429 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7430 return nullptr; 7431 } 7432 7433 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7434 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7435 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7436 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7437 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7438 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7439 7440 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7441 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7442 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7443 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7444 // constructor if it has no return type). 7445 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7446 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7447 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7448 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7449 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7450 return nullptr; 7451 } 7452 7453 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7454 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7455 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7456 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7457 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7458 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7459 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7460 return Ret; 7461 } else { 7462 bool isFriend = 7463 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7464 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7465 return nullptr; 7466 7467 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7468 // prototype. This true when: 7469 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7470 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7471 D.getLocStart(), 7472 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7473 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7474 } 7475 } 7476 7477 enum OpenCLParamType { 7478 ValidKernelParam, 7479 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7480 PtrKernelParam, 7481 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7482 InvalidKernelParam, 7483 RecordKernelParam 7484 }; 7485 7486 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7487 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7488 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7489 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7490 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7491 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7492 : PtrKernelParam; 7493 } 7494 7495 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7496 // be used as builtin types. 7497 7498 if (PT->isImageType()) 7499 return PtrKernelParam; 7500 7501 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7502 return InvalidKernelParam; 7503 7504 if (PT->isEventT()) 7505 return InvalidKernelParam; 7506 7507 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7508 return InvalidKernelParam; 7509 7510 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7511 return RecordKernelParam; 7512 7513 return ValidKernelParam; 7514 } 7515 7516 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7517 Sema &S, 7518 Declarator &D, 7519 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7520 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7521 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7522 7523 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7524 // used again 7525 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7526 return; 7527 7528 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7529 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7530 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7531 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7532 // pointer to a pointer type. 7533 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7534 D.setInvalidType(); 7535 return; 7536 7537 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7538 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7539 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7540 // pointer to the private address space. 7541 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7542 D.setInvalidType(); 7543 return; 7544 7545 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7546 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7547 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7548 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7549 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7550 7551 case InvalidKernelParam: 7552 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7553 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7554 // of event_t type. 7555 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7556 D.setInvalidType(); 7557 return; 7558 7559 case PtrKernelParam: 7560 case ValidKernelParam: 7561 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7562 return; 7563 7564 case RecordKernelParam: 7565 break; 7566 } 7567 7568 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7569 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7570 7571 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7572 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7573 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7574 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7575 7576 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7577 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7578 7579 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7580 7581 do { 7582 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7583 if (!Next) { 7584 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7585 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7586 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7587 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7588 7589 continue; 7590 } 7591 7592 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7593 // field itself) to the history stack. 7594 const RecordDecl *RD; 7595 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7596 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7597 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7598 } else { 7599 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7600 } 7601 7602 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7603 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7604 7605 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7606 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7607 7608 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7609 continue; 7610 7611 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7612 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7613 continue; 7614 7615 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7616 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7617 continue; 7618 } 7619 7620 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7621 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7622 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7623 // union. 7624 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7625 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7626 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7627 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7628 << PT->isUnionType() 7629 << PT; 7630 } else { 7631 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7632 } 7633 7634 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7635 << PD->getDeclName(); 7636 7637 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7638 // the offending field came from 7639 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7640 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7641 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7642 I != E; ++I) { 7643 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7644 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7645 << OuterField->getType(); 7646 } 7647 7648 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7649 << QT->isPointerType() 7650 << QT; 7651 D.setInvalidType(); 7652 return; 7653 } 7654 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7655 } 7656 7657 NamedDecl* 7658 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7659 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7660 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7661 bool &AddToScope) { 7662 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7663 7664 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7665 7666 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7667 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7668 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7669 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7670 7671 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7672 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7673 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7674 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7675 7676 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7677 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7678 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7679 7680 bool isFriend = false; 7681 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7682 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7683 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7684 7685 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7686 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7687 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7688 7689 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7690 7691 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7692 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7693 7694 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7695 isVirtualOkay); 7696 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7697 7698 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7699 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7700 7701 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7702 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7703 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7704 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7705 7706 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7707 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7708 7709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7710 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7711 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7712 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7713 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7714 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7715 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7716 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7717 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7718 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7719 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7720 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7721 } 7722 7723 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7724 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7725 // return true). 7726 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7727 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7728 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7729 NewFD->setPure(true); 7730 7731 // C++ [class.union]p2 7732 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7733 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7734 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7735 } 7736 7737 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7738 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7739 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7740 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7741 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7742 7743 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7744 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7745 bool Invalid = false; 7746 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7747 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7748 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7749 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7750 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7751 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7752 : nullptr, 7753 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7754 Invalid)) { 7755 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7756 // This is a function template 7757 7758 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7759 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7760 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7761 7762 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7763 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7764 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7765 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7766 } 7767 7768 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7769 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7770 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7771 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7772 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7773 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7774 Invalid = true; 7775 } 7776 7777 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7778 NewFD->getLocation(), 7779 Name, TemplateParams, 7780 NewFD); 7781 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7782 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7783 7784 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7785 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7786 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7787 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7788 } 7789 } else { 7790 // This is a function template specialization. 7791 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7792 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7793 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7794 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7795 7796 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7797 if (isFriend) { 7798 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7799 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7800 7801 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7802 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7803 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7804 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7805 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7806 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7807 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7808 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7809 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7810 } 7811 7812 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7813 << Name << RemoveRange 7814 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7815 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7816 } 7817 } 7818 } 7819 else { 7820 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7821 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7822 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7823 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7824 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7825 } 7826 7827 if (Invalid) { 7828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7829 if (FunctionTemplate) 7830 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 } 7832 7833 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7834 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7835 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7836 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7837 // 7838 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7839 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7840 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7841 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7842 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7843 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7844 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7845 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7846 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7847 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7848 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7849 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7850 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7851 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7852 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7853 } else { 7854 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7855 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7856 } 7857 7858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7859 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7860 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7861 } 7862 7863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7864 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7865 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7866 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7867 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7868 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7869 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7870 // thing to do. 7871 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7872 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7873 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7874 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7875 QualType Result = 7876 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7877 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7878 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7879 } 7880 7881 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7882 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7883 // declaration. 7884 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7885 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7886 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7887 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7888 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7889 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7890 } 7891 } 7892 7893 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7894 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7895 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7896 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7897 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7898 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7899 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7900 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7901 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7902 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7903 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7904 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7905 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7906 // or conversion function. 7907 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7908 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7909 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7910 } 7911 } 7912 7913 if (isConstexpr) { 7914 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7915 // are implicitly inline. 7916 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7917 7918 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7919 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7920 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7921 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7923 } 7924 7925 if (isConcept) { 7926 // This is a function concept. 7927 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7928 FTD->setConcept(); 7929 7930 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7931 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7932 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7933 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7934 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7935 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7936 } 7937 7938 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7939 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7940 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7941 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7942 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7943 SourceRange Range; 7944 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7945 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7946 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7948 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7949 } else { 7950 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7951 } 7952 7953 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7954 // following restrictions: 7955 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7956 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7957 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7958 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 } 7960 7961 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7962 // following restrictions: 7963 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7964 // parameter list. 7965 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7966 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7967 } 7968 7969 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7970 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7971 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7972 7973 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7974 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7975 // specifiers, [...] 7976 if (isInline) { 7977 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7978 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7979 << 1 << 1; 7980 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7981 } 7982 7983 if (isFriend) { 7984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7985 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7986 << 1 << 2; 7987 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7988 } 7989 7990 if (isConstexpr) { 7991 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7992 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7993 << 1 << 3; 7994 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7995 } 7996 7997 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7998 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7999 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8000 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8002 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8003 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8004 return NewFD; 8005 } 8006 } 8007 8008 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8009 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8010 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8011 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8012 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8013 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8014 << 0 8015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8016 } else { 8017 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8018 if (FunctionTemplate) 8019 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8020 } 8021 } 8022 8023 if (isFriend) { 8024 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8025 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8026 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8027 } 8028 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8029 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8030 } 8031 8032 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8033 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8034 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8035 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8036 case FDK_Declaration: 8037 case FDK_Definition: 8038 break; 8039 8040 case FDK_Defaulted: 8041 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8042 break; 8043 8044 case FDK_Deleted: 8045 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8046 break; 8047 } 8048 8049 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8050 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8051 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8052 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8053 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8054 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8055 } 8056 8057 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8058 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8059 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8060 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8061 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8062 // the class. 8063 8064 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8065 // member function definition. 8066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8067 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8068 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8069 } 8070 8071 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8072 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8073 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8074 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8075 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8076 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8077 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8078 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8079 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8080 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8081 } 8082 8083 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8084 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8085 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8086 isExplicitSpecialization || 8087 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8088 8089 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8090 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8091 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8092 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8093 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8094 SE->getString(), 0)); 8095 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8096 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8097 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8098 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8099 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8100 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8101 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8102 } else 8103 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8104 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8105 } 8106 } 8107 8108 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8109 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8110 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8111 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8112 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8113 8114 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8115 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8116 // single void argument. 8117 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8118 // already checks for that case. 8119 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8120 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8121 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8122 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8123 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8124 Params.push_back(Param); 8125 8126 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8127 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8128 } 8129 } 8130 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8131 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8132 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8133 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8134 // 8135 // @code 8136 // typedef void fn(int); 8137 // fn f; 8138 // @endcode 8139 8140 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8141 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8142 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8143 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8144 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8145 Params.push_back(Param); 8146 } 8147 } else { 8148 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8149 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8150 } 8151 8152 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8153 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8154 8155 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8156 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8157 // 8158 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8159 // 8160 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8161 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8162 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8163 8164 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8165 NewFD->addAttr( 8166 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8167 Context, 0)); 8168 8169 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8170 // because all functions have linkage. 8171 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8172 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8173 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8174 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8175 } 8176 8177 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8178 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8179 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8180 NewFD->addAttr( 8181 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8182 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8183 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8184 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8185 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8186 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8187 NewFD)) 8188 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8189 } 8190 8191 // Handle attributes. 8192 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8193 8194 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8195 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8196 8197 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8198 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8199 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8200 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8201 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8202 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8203 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8204 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8205 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8206 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8207 } 8208 } 8209 8210 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8211 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8212 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8213 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8214 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8215 8216 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8217 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8218 8219 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8220 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8221 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8222 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8223 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8224 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8225 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8226 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8227 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8228 8229 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8230 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8231 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8232 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8233 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8234 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8235 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8236 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8237 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8238 int DiagID = 8239 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8240 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8241 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8242 } 8243 } 8244 } else { 8245 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8246 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8247 // 8248 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8249 // 8250 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8251 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8252 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8253 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8254 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8255 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8256 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8257 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8258 8259 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8260 // argument list into our AST format. 8261 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8262 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8263 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8264 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8265 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8266 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8267 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8268 TemplateArgs); 8269 8270 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8271 8272 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8273 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8274 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8275 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8276 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8277 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8278 8279 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8280 } else { 8281 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8282 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8283 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8284 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8285 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8286 } 8287 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8288 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8289 // wrote something like: 8290 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8291 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8292 // friend void foo<>(int); 8293 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8294 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8295 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8296 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8297 } 8298 8299 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8300 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8301 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8302 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8303 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8304 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8305 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8306 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8307 TemplateArgs, 8308 InstantiationDependent))) { 8309 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8310 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8311 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8312 Previous)) 8313 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8314 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8315 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8316 && !isFriend) { 8317 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8318 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8319 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8320 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8321 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8322 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8323 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8324 : nullptr), 8325 Previous)) 8326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8327 8328 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8329 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8330 // specialization (14.7.3) 8331 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8332 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8333 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8334 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8335 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8336 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8337 << SC 8338 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8339 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8340 8341 else 8342 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8343 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8345 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8346 } 8347 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8348 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8349 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8350 } 8351 8352 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8353 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8354 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8355 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8356 8357 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8358 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8359 8360 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8361 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8362 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8363 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8364 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8365 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8366 } 8367 8368 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8369 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8370 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8371 8372 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8373 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8374 : NewFD); 8375 8376 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8377 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8378 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8379 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8380 8381 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8382 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8383 } 8384 8385 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8386 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8387 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8388 8389 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8390 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8391 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8392 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8393 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8394 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8395 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8396 : nullptr, 8397 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8398 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8399 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8400 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8401 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8402 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8403 DC->isDependentContext()) 8404 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8405 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8406 } 8407 8408 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8409 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8410 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8411 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8412 AddToScope }; 8413 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8414 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8415 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8416 8417 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8418 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8419 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8420 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8421 8422 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8423 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8424 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8425 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8426 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8427 // can actually do this check immediately. 8428 if (isFriend && 8429 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8430 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8431 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8432 // ignore these 8433 } else { 8434 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8435 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8436 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8437 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8438 // 8439 // class X { 8440 // void f() const; 8441 // }; 8442 // 8443 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8444 // 8445 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8446 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8447 // whether the parameter types are references). 8448 8449 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8450 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8451 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8452 return Result; 8453 } 8454 } 8455 8456 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8457 // to something. 8458 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8459 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8460 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8461 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8462 return Result; 8463 } 8464 } 8465 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8466 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8467 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8468 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8469 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8470 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8471 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8472 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8473 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8474 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8475 // generate them. 8476 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8477 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8478 } 8479 } 8480 8481 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8482 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8483 8484 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8485 8486 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8487 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8489 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8490 << NewFD; 8491 8492 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8493 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8494 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8495 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8496 EPI.Variadic = true; 8497 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8498 8499 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8500 NewFD->setType(R); 8501 } 8502 8503 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8504 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8505 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8506 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8507 8508 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8509 // marking the function. 8510 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8511 8512 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8513 // a pragma. 8514 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8515 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8516 8517 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8518 // the map of such variables. 8519 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8520 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8521 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8522 8523 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8524 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8525 8526 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8527 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8528 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8529 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8530 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8531 } 8532 8533 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8534 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8535 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8536 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8537 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8538 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8539 8540 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8541 } 8542 8543 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8544 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8545 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8546 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8547 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8548 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8549 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8550 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8551 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8552 } 8553 } 8554 8555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8556 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8557 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8558 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8559 return FunctionTemplate; 8560 } 8561 } 8562 8563 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8564 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8565 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8566 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8568 D.setInvalidType(); 8569 } 8570 8571 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8572 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8573 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8574 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8575 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8576 : FixItHint()); 8577 D.setInvalidType(); 8578 } 8579 8580 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8581 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8582 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8583 } 8584 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8585 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8586 8587 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8588 // types. 8589 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8590 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8591 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8592 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8593 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8594 D.setInvalidType(); 8595 } 8596 } 8597 } 8598 } 8599 8600 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8601 8602 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8603 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8604 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8605 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8606 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8607 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8608 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8609 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8610 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8611 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8612 AddToScope = false; 8613 } 8614 8615 return NewFD; 8616 } 8617 8618 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8619 /// 8620 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8621 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8622 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8623 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8624 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8625 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8626 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8627 /// 8628 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8629 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8630 /// 8631 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8632 /// 8633 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8634 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8635 LookupResult &Previous, 8636 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8637 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8638 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8639 8640 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8641 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8642 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8643 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8644 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8645 8646 bool Redeclaration = false; 8647 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8648 8649 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8650 // the same name, if appropriate. 8651 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8652 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8653 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8654 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8655 // function to the scope. 8656 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8657 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8658 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8659 Redeclaration = true; 8660 OldDecl = Candidate; 8661 } 8662 } else { 8663 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8664 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8665 case Ovl_Match: 8666 Redeclaration = true; 8667 break; 8668 8669 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8670 Redeclaration = true; 8671 break; 8672 8673 case Ovl_Overload: 8674 Redeclaration = false; 8675 break; 8676 } 8677 8678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8679 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8680 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8681 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8682 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8683 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8684 if (Redeclaration) 8685 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8686 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8687 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8688 if (OverloadedDecl) 8689 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8690 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8691 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8692 } 8693 } 8694 } 8695 8696 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8697 if (!Redeclaration && 8698 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8699 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8700 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8701 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8702 Redeclaration = true; 8703 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8704 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8705 8706 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8707 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8708 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8709 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8710 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8711 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8712 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8713 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8714 } 8715 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8716 Redeclaration = false; 8717 OldDecl = nullptr; 8718 } 8719 } 8720 } 8721 } 8722 8723 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8724 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8725 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8726 // 8727 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8728 // definition of a static member function. 8729 // 8730 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8731 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8732 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8733 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8734 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8735 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8736 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8737 if (OldDecl) 8738 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8739 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8740 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8741 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8742 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8743 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8744 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8745 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8746 8747 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8748 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8749 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8750 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8751 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8752 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8753 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8754 8755 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8756 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8757 } 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 if (Redeclaration) { 8762 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8763 // merged. 8764 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8765 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8766 return Redeclaration; 8767 } 8768 8769 Previous.clear(); 8770 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8771 8772 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8773 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8774 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8775 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8776 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8777 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8778 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8779 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8780 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8781 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8782 } 8783 8784 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8785 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8786 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8787 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8788 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8789 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8790 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8791 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8792 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8793 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8794 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8795 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8796 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8797 } 8798 } 8799 8800 } else { 8801 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8802 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8803 8804 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8805 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8806 } 8807 } 8808 8809 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8810 8811 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8812 // C++-specific checks. 8813 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8814 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8815 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8816 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8817 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8818 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8819 8820 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8821 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8822 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8823 DeclarationName Name 8824 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8825 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8826 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8827 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8829 return Redeclaration; 8830 } 8831 } 8832 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8833 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8834 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8835 } 8836 8837 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8838 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8839 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8840 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8841 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8842 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8843 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8844 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8845 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8846 } 8847 } 8848 } 8849 8850 if (Method->isStatic()) 8851 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8852 } 8853 8854 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8855 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8856 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8857 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8858 return Redeclaration; 8859 } 8860 8861 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8862 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8863 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8864 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8865 return Redeclaration; 8866 } 8867 8868 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8869 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8870 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8871 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8872 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8873 8874 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8875 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8876 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8877 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8878 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8879 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8880 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8881 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8882 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8883 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8884 } 8885 } 8886 8887 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8888 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8889 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8890 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8891 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8892 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8893 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8894 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8895 << NewFD << R; 8896 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8897 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8898 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8899 } 8900 } 8901 return Redeclaration; 8902 } 8903 8904 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8905 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8906 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8907 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8908 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8909 // appear in a declaration of main. 8910 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8911 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8912 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8913 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8914 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8915 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8916 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8917 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8919 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8920 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8921 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8922 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8923 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8925 } 8926 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8927 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8929 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8930 } 8931 8932 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8934 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8935 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8936 return; 8937 } 8938 8939 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8940 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8941 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8942 8943 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8944 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8945 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8946 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8947 8948 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8949 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8950 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8951 else { 8952 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8953 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8954 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8955 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8956 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8957 } 8958 } else { 8959 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8960 // set the flag which tells us that. 8961 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8962 8963 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8964 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8965 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8966 else { 8967 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8968 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8969 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8970 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8971 : FixItHint()); 8972 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8973 } 8974 } 8975 8976 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8977 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8978 8979 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8980 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8981 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8982 8983 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8984 8985 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8986 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8987 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8988 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8989 } 8990 8991 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8992 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8993 // getting shifty. 8994 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8995 HasExtraParameters = false; 8996 8997 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8999 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9000 nparams = 3; 9001 } 9002 9003 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9004 // if we had some location information about types. 9005 9006 QualType CharPP = 9007 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9008 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9009 9010 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9011 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9012 9013 bool mismatch = true; 9014 9015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9016 mismatch = false; 9017 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9018 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9019 // char const ** 9020 // char const * const * 9021 // char * const * 9022 9023 QualifierCollector qs; 9024 const PointerType* PT; 9025 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9026 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9027 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9028 Context.CharTy)) { 9029 qs.removeConst(); 9030 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9031 } 9032 } 9033 9034 if (mismatch) { 9035 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9036 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9037 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9038 } 9039 } 9040 9041 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9042 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9043 } 9044 9045 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9046 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9047 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9048 } 9049 } 9050 9051 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9052 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9053 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9054 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9055 9056 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9057 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9058 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9059 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9060 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9061 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9062 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9063 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9064 9065 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9066 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9067 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9068 } 9069 } 9070 9071 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9072 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9073 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9074 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9075 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9076 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9077 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9078 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9079 // rules there don't matter.) 9080 const Expr *Culprit; 9081 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9082 return false; 9083 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9084 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9085 return true; 9086 } 9087 9088 namespace { 9089 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9090 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9091 class SelfReferenceChecker 9092 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9093 Sema &S; 9094 Decl *OrigDecl; 9095 bool isRecordType; 9096 bool isPODType; 9097 bool isReferenceType; 9098 9099 bool isInitList; 9100 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9101 9102 public: 9103 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9104 9105 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9106 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9107 isPODType = false; 9108 isRecordType = false; 9109 isReferenceType = false; 9110 isInitList = false; 9111 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9112 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9113 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9114 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9115 } 9116 } 9117 9118 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9119 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9120 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9121 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9122 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9123 if (!InitList) { 9124 Visit(E); 9125 return; 9126 } 9127 9128 // Track and increment the index here. 9129 isInitList = true; 9130 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9131 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9132 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9133 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9134 } 9135 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9136 } 9137 9138 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9139 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9140 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9141 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9142 Expr *Base = E; 9143 bool ReferenceField = false; 9144 9145 // Get the field memebers used. 9146 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9147 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9148 if (!FD) 9149 return false; 9150 Fields.push_back(FD); 9151 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9152 ReferenceField = true; 9153 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9154 } 9155 9156 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9157 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9158 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9159 return false; 9160 9161 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9162 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9163 return true; 9164 9165 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9166 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9167 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9168 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9169 9170 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9171 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9172 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9173 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9174 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9175 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9176 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9177 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9178 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9179 return true; 9180 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9181 break; 9182 } 9183 9184 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9185 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9186 return true; 9187 } 9188 9189 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9190 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9191 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9192 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9193 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9194 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9195 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9196 return; 9197 } 9198 9199 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9200 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9201 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9202 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9203 return; 9204 } 9205 9206 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9207 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9208 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9209 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9210 return; 9211 } 9212 9213 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9214 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9215 return; 9216 } 9217 9218 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9219 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9220 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9221 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9222 return; 9223 } 9224 } 9225 9226 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9227 if (isInitList) { 9228 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9229 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9230 return; 9231 } 9232 9233 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9234 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9235 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9236 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9237 return; 9238 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9239 } 9240 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9241 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9242 return; 9243 } 9244 9245 Visit(E); 9246 } 9247 9248 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9249 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9250 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9251 if (isReferenceType) 9252 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9253 } 9254 9255 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9256 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9257 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9258 return; 9259 } 9260 9261 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9262 } 9263 9264 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9265 if (isInitList) { 9266 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9267 return; 9268 } 9269 9270 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9271 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9272 9273 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9274 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9275 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9276 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9277 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9278 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9279 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9280 Warn = false; 9281 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9282 } 9283 9284 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9285 if (Warn) 9286 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9287 return; 9288 } 9289 9290 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9291 // Visit that expression. 9292 Visit(Base); 9293 } 9294 9295 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9296 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9297 9298 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9299 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9300 9301 Visit(Callee); 9302 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9303 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9304 } 9305 9306 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9307 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9308 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9309 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9310 if (!isPODType) 9311 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9312 return; 9313 } 9314 9315 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9316 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9317 return; 9318 } 9319 9320 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9321 } 9322 9323 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9324 9325 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9326 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9327 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9328 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9329 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9330 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9331 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9332 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9333 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9334 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9335 return; 9336 } 9337 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9338 } 9339 9340 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9341 // Treat std::move as a use. 9342 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9343 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9344 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9345 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9346 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9347 return; 9348 } 9349 } 9350 } 9351 9352 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9353 } 9354 9355 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9356 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9357 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9358 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9359 return; 9360 } 9361 9362 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9363 } 9364 9365 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9366 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9367 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9368 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9369 Visit(E->getCond()); 9370 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9371 } 9372 9373 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9374 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9375 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9376 unsigned diag; 9377 if (isReferenceType) { 9378 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9379 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9380 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9381 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9382 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9383 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9384 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9385 } else { 9386 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9387 return; 9388 } 9389 9390 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9391 S.PDiag(diag) 9392 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9393 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9394 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9395 } 9396 }; 9397 9398 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9399 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9400 bool DirectInit) { 9401 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9402 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9403 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9404 return; 9405 9406 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9407 9408 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9409 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9410 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9411 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9412 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9413 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9414 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9415 return; 9416 9417 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9418 } 9419 } // end anonymous namespace 9420 9421 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9422 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9423 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9424 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9425 Expr *Init) { 9426 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9427 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9428 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9429 9430 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9431 if (DirectInit) { 9432 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9433 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9434 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9435 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9436 } 9437 9438 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9439 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9440 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9441 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9442 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9443 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9444 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9445 << Name << Type << Range; 9446 return QualType(); 9447 } 9448 9449 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9450 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9451 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9452 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9453 << Name << Type << Range; 9454 return QualType(); 9455 } 9456 9457 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9458 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9459 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9460 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9461 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9462 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9463 return QualType(); 9464 } 9465 9466 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9467 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9468 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9469 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9470 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9471 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9472 return QualType(); 9473 } 9474 Init = Result.get(); 9475 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9476 } 9477 9478 QualType DeducedType; 9479 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9480 if (!IsInitCapture) 9481 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9482 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9483 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9484 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9485 << Name 9486 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9487 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9488 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9489 else 9490 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9491 << Name << TSI->getType() 9492 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9493 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9494 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9495 } 9496 9497 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9498 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9499 // checks. 9500 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9501 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9502 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9503 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9504 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9506 } 9507 9508 return DeducedType; 9509 } 9510 9511 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9512 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9513 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9514 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9515 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9516 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9517 // the initializer. 9518 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9519 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9520 return; 9521 } 9522 9523 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9524 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9525 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9526 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9527 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9528 return; 9529 } 9530 9531 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9532 if (!VDecl) { 9533 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9534 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9535 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9536 return; 9537 } 9538 9539 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9540 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9541 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9542 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9543 // TypoExpr. 9544 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9545 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9546 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9547 return; 9548 } 9549 Init = Res.get(); 9550 9551 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9552 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9553 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9554 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9555 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9556 return; 9557 } 9558 9559 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9560 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9561 9562 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9563 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9564 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9565 9566 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9567 // the previously declared type. 9568 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9569 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9570 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9571 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9572 } 9573 9574 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9575 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9576 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9577 return; 9578 } 9579 9580 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9581 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9582 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9583 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9584 return; 9585 } 9586 9587 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9588 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9589 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9590 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9591 return; 9592 } 9593 9594 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9595 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9596 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9597 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9598 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9599 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9600 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9601 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9602 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9603 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9604 return; 9605 } 9606 9607 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9608 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9609 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9610 AbstractVariableType)) 9611 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9612 } 9613 9614 VarDecl *Def; 9615 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9616 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9617 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9618 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9619 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9620 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9621 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9622 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9623 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9624 } else { 9625 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9626 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9627 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9628 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9629 return; 9630 } 9631 } 9632 9633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9634 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9635 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9636 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9637 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9638 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9639 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9640 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9641 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9642 // 9643 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9644 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9645 // declaration with an initializer. 9646 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9647 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9648 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9649 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9650 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9651 << 0; 9652 return; 9653 } 9654 9655 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9656 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9657 9658 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9659 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9660 return; 9661 } 9662 } 9663 9664 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9665 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9666 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9667 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9668 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9669 return; 9670 } 9671 9672 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9673 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9674 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9675 9676 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9677 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9678 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9679 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9680 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9681 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9682 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9683 return; 9684 } 9685 Init = Result.get(); 9686 } 9687 9688 // Perform the initialization. 9689 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9690 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9691 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9692 InitializationKind Kind = 9693 DirectInit 9694 ? CXXDirectInit 9695 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9696 Init->getLocStart(), 9697 Init->getLocEnd()) 9698 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9699 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9700 Init->getLocStart()); 9701 9702 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9703 if (CXXDirectInit) 9704 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9705 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9706 9707 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9708 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9709 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9710 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9711 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9712 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9713 }); 9714 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9715 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9716 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9717 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9718 } 9719 } 9720 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9721 return; 9722 9723 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9724 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9725 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9726 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9727 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9728 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9729 return; 9730 } 9731 9732 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9733 } 9734 9735 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9736 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9737 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9738 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9739 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9740 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9741 } 9742 9743 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9744 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9745 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9746 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9747 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9748 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9749 9750 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9751 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9752 9753 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9754 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9755 9756 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9757 // Although this code can still have problems: 9758 // id x = self.weakProp; 9759 // id y = self.weakProp; 9760 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9761 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9762 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9763 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9764 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9765 Init->getLocStart())) 9766 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9767 } 9768 9769 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9770 // 9771 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9772 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9773 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9774 // 9775 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9776 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9777 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9778 // 9779 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9780 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9781 false, 9782 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9783 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9784 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9785 return; 9786 } 9787 Init = Result.get(); 9788 9789 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9790 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9791 9792 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9793 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9794 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9795 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9796 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9797 const Expr *Culprit; 9798 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9799 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9800 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9801 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9802 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9803 // constant expressions. 9804 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9805 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9806 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9807 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9808 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9809 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9810 } 9811 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9812 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9813 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9814 // 9815 // struct S { 9816 // static const int value = 17; 9817 // }; 9818 9819 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9820 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9821 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9822 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9823 // 9824 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9825 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9826 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9827 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9828 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9829 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9830 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9831 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9832 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9833 9834 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9835 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9836 9837 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9838 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9839 // type. 9840 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9841 9842 // Require constness. 9843 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9844 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9845 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9846 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9847 9848 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9849 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9850 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9851 SourceLocation Loc; 9852 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9853 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9854 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9855 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9856 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9857 ; // Nothing to check. 9858 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9859 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9860 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9861 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9862 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9863 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9864 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9865 } else { 9866 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9867 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9868 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9869 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9870 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9871 } 9872 9873 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9874 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9875 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9876 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9878 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9879 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9880 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9881 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9882 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9883 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9884 } else { 9885 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9886 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9887 9888 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9889 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9890 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9891 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9892 } 9893 } 9894 9895 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9896 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9897 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9898 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9899 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9900 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9901 9902 } else { 9903 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9904 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9905 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9906 } 9907 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9908 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9909 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9910 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9911 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9912 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9913 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9914 9915 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9916 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9917 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9918 } 9919 9920 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9921 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9922 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9923 // 9924 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9925 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9926 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9927 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9928 // special case code. 9929 9930 // C++ 8.5p11: 9931 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9932 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9933 // class type. 9934 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9935 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9936 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9937 } else if (DirectInit) { 9938 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9939 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9940 } 9941 9942 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9943 } 9944 9945 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9946 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9947 /// of sanity. 9948 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9949 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9950 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9951 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9952 9953 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9954 if (!VD) return; 9955 9956 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9957 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9958 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9959 return; 9960 } 9961 9962 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9963 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9964 9965 // Require a complete type. 9966 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9967 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9968 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9969 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9970 return; 9971 } 9972 9973 // Require a non-abstract type. 9974 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9975 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9976 AbstractVariableType)) { 9977 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9978 return; 9979 } 9980 9981 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9982 // though. 9983 } 9984 9985 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9986 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9987 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9988 if (!RealDecl) 9989 return; 9990 9991 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9992 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9993 9994 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9995 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9996 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9997 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9998 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9999 return; 10000 } 10001 10002 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10003 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10004 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10005 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10006 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10007 // member. 10008 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10009 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10010 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10011 // a definition there. 10012 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10013 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10014 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10015 << Var->getDeclName(); 10016 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10017 return; 10018 } 10019 } else { 10020 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10021 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10022 return; 10023 } 10024 } 10025 10026 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10027 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10028 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10029 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10030 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10031 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10032 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10033 return; 10034 } 10035 } 10036 10037 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10038 // be initialized. 10039 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10040 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10041 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10042 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10043 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10044 return; 10045 } 10046 10047 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10048 case VarDecl::Definition: 10049 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10050 break; 10051 10052 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10053 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10054 // a declaration. 10055 // 10056 // Fall through 10057 10058 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10059 // It's only a declaration. 10060 10061 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10062 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10063 // object shall be complete. 10064 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10065 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10066 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10067 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10068 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10069 10070 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10071 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10072 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10073 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10074 AbstractVariableType)) 10075 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10076 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10077 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10078 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10079 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10080 } 10081 10082 return; 10083 10084 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10085 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10086 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10087 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10088 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10089 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10090 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10091 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10092 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10093 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10094 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10095 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10096 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10097 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10098 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10099 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10100 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10101 // NOTE: code such as the following 10102 // static struct s; 10103 // struct s { int a; }; 10104 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10105 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10106 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10107 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10108 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10109 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10110 } 10111 } 10112 10113 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10114 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10115 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10116 return; 10117 } 10118 10119 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10120 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10121 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10122 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10123 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10124 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10125 return; 10126 } 10127 10128 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10129 // definitions with reference type. 10130 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10131 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10132 << Var->getDeclName() 10133 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10134 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10135 return; 10136 } 10137 10138 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10139 // variable with dependent type. 10140 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10141 return; 10142 10143 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10144 return; 10145 10146 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10147 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10148 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10149 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10150 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10151 return; 10152 } 10153 } else { 10154 return; 10155 } 10156 10157 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10158 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10159 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10160 AbstractVariableType)) { 10161 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10162 return; 10163 } 10164 10165 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10166 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10167 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10168 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10169 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10170 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10171 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10172 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10173 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10174 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10176 if (const RecordType *Record 10177 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10178 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10179 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10180 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10181 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10182 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10183 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10184 } 10185 } 10186 10187 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10188 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10189 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10190 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10191 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10192 // type shall have a user-declared default 10193 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10194 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10195 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10196 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10197 // program is ill-formed. 10198 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10199 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10200 // default-initialized; [...]. 10201 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10202 InitializationKind Kind 10203 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10204 10205 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10206 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10207 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10208 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10209 else if (Init.get()) { 10210 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10211 // This is important for template substitution. 10212 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10213 } 10214 10215 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10216 } 10217 } 10218 10219 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10220 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10221 if (!D) 10222 return; 10223 10224 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10225 if (!VD) { 10226 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10227 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10228 return; 10229 } 10230 10231 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10232 10233 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10234 int Error = -1; 10235 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10236 case SC_None: 10237 break; 10238 case SC_Extern: 10239 Error = 0; 10240 break; 10241 case SC_Static: 10242 Error = 1; 10243 break; 10244 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10245 Error = 2; 10246 break; 10247 case SC_Auto: 10248 Error = 3; 10249 break; 10250 case SC_Register: 10251 Error = 4; 10252 break; 10253 } 10254 if (Error != -1) { 10255 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10256 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10257 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10258 } 10259 } 10260 10261 StmtResult 10262 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10263 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10264 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10265 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10266 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10267 // A range-based for statement of the form 10268 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10269 // is equivalent to 10270 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10271 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10272 10273 const char *PrevSpec; 10274 unsigned DiagID; 10275 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10276 getPrintingPolicy()); 10277 10278 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10279 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10280 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10281 10282 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10283 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10284 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10285 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10286 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10287 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10288 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10289 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10290 } 10291 10292 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10293 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10294 10295 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10296 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10297 // initialiser 10298 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10299 !var->hasInit()) { 10300 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10301 << 1 /*Init*/; 10302 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 return; 10304 } 10305 } 10306 10307 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10308 // local retaining variable. 10309 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10310 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10311 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10312 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10313 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10314 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10315 break; 10316 10317 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10318 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10319 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10320 break; 10321 } 10322 } 10323 10324 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10325 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10326 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10327 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10328 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10329 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10330 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10331 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10332 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10333 var->getLocation())) { 10334 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10335 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10336 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10337 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10338 10339 if (!prev) 10340 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10341 } 10342 10343 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10344 const Expr *Culprit; 10345 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10346 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10347 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10348 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10349 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10351 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10352 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10353 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10354 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10355 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10356 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10357 // initialization. 10358 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10359 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10360 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10361 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10362 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10363 } 10364 } 10365 10366 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10367 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10368 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10369 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10370 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10371 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10372 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10373 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10374 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10375 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10376 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10377 } else { 10378 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10379 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10380 } 10381 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10382 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10383 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10384 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10385 } 10386 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10387 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10388 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10389 10390 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10391 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10392 // attribute. 10393 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10394 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10395 CurInitSegLoc)); 10396 } 10397 10398 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10399 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10400 10401 QualType type = var->getType(); 10402 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10403 10404 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10405 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10406 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10407 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10408 10409 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10410 // constructing this copy. 10411 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10412 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10413 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10414 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10415 ExprResult result 10416 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10417 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10418 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10419 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10420 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10421 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10422 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10423 } 10424 } 10425 } 10426 10427 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10428 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10429 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10430 10431 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10432 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10433 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10434 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10435 var->getLocation())) { 10436 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10437 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10438 // warned about them. 10439 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10440 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10441 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10442 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10443 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10444 } 10445 10446 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10447 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10448 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10449 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10450 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10451 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10452 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10453 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10454 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10455 Notes.clear(); 10456 } 10457 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10458 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10459 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10460 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10461 } 10462 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10463 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10464 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10465 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10466 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10467 } 10468 } 10469 10470 // Require the destructor. 10471 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10472 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10473 } 10474 10475 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10476 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10477 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10478 return true; 10479 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10480 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10481 return true; 10482 return false; 10483 } 10484 10485 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10486 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10487 void 10488 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10489 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10490 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10491 10492 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10493 if (!VD) 10494 return; 10495 10496 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10497 10498 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10499 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10500 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10501 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10502 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10503 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10504 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10505 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10506 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10507 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10508 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10509 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10510 } 10511 } 10512 } 10513 10514 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10515 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10516 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10517 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10518 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10519 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10520 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10521 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10522 } 10523 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10524 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10525 // static storage class. 10526 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10527 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10528 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10529 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10530 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10531 } 10532 } 10533 } 10534 10535 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10536 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10537 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10538 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10539 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10540 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10541 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10542 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && 10543 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10544 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10545 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10546 bool AllowedInit = false; 10547 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10548 AllowedInit = 10549 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10550 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10551 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10552 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10553 if (!AllowedInit && 10554 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10555 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10556 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10557 10558 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10559 if (AllowedInit) 10560 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10561 AllowedInit = 10562 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10563 10564 if (!AllowedInit) { 10565 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10566 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10567 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10568 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10569 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10570 } 10571 } 10572 } 10573 10574 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10575 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10576 10577 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10578 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10579 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10580 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10581 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10582 // with a warning. 10583 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10584 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10585 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10586 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10587 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10588 10589 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10590 IsClassTemplateMember 10591 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10592 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10593 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10594 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10595 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10596 } 10597 } 10598 10599 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10600 // isn't exported with the variable. 10601 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10602 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10603 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10604 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10605 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10606 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10607 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10608 } else { 10609 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10610 << DLLAttr; 10611 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10612 } 10613 } 10614 10615 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10616 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10617 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10618 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10619 } 10620 } 10621 10622 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10623 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10624 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10625 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10626 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10627 10628 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10629 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10630 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10631 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10632 10633 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10634 // tag values. 10635 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10636 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10637 return; 10638 10639 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10640 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10641 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10642 continue; 10643 } 10644 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10645 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10646 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10647 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10648 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10649 continue; 10650 } 10651 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10652 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10653 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10654 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10655 continue; 10656 } 10657 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10658 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10659 MagicValue, 10660 I->getMatchingCType(), 10661 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10662 I->getMustBeNull()); 10663 } 10664 } 10665 10666 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10667 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10668 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10669 10670 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10671 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10672 10673 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10674 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10675 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10676 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10677 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10678 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10679 Decls.push_back(D); 10680 } 10681 10682 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10683 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10684 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10685 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10686 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10687 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10688 } 10689 } 10690 10691 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10692 } 10693 10694 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10695 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10696 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10697 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10698 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10699 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10700 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10701 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10702 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10703 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10704 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10705 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10706 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10707 QualType Deduced; 10708 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10709 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10710 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10711 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10712 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10713 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10714 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10715 break; 10716 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10717 if (!U.isNull()) { 10718 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10719 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10720 Deduced = U; 10721 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10722 DeducedDecl = D; 10723 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10724 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10725 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10726 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10727 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10728 << U << D->getDeclName() 10729 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10730 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10731 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10732 break; 10733 } 10734 } 10735 } 10736 } 10737 } 10738 10739 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10740 10741 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10742 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10743 } 10744 10745 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10746 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10747 } 10748 10749 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10750 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10751 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10752 return; 10753 10754 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10755 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10756 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10757 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10758 return; 10759 10760 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10761 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10762 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10763 // additional declaration references: 10764 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10765 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10766 // 'struct S *pS;' 10767 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10768 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10769 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10770 Group = Group.slice(1); 10771 } 10772 } 10773 10774 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10775 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10776 if (!Comments.empty() && 10777 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10778 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10779 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10780 // 10781 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10782 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10783 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10784 // ahead through comments. 10785 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10786 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10787 } 10788 } 10789 10790 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10791 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10792 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10793 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10794 10795 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10796 10797 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10798 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10799 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10800 SC = SC_Register; 10801 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10802 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10803 SC = SC_Auto; 10804 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10805 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10806 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10807 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10808 } 10809 10810 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10811 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10812 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10813 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 10814 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 10815 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 10816 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10817 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10818 << 0; 10819 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10820 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10821 10822 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10823 10824 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10825 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10826 10827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10828 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10829 // parameter. 10830 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10831 10832 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10833 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10834 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10835 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10836 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10837 } 10838 } 10839 10840 // Ensure we have a valid name 10841 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10842 if (D.hasName()) { 10843 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10844 if (!II) { 10845 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10846 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10847 D.setInvalidType(true); 10848 } 10849 } 10850 10851 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10852 if (II) { 10853 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10854 ForRedeclaration); 10855 LookupName(R, S); 10856 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10857 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10858 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10859 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10860 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10861 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10862 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10863 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10864 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10865 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10866 10867 // Recover by removing the name 10868 II = nullptr; 10869 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10870 D.setInvalidType(true); 10871 } 10872 } 10873 } 10874 10875 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10876 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10877 // looking like class members in C++. 10878 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10879 D.getLocStart(), 10880 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10881 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10882 SC); 10883 10884 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10885 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10886 10887 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10888 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10889 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10890 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10891 10892 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10893 S->AddDecl(New); 10894 if (II) 10895 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10896 10897 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10898 10899 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10901 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10902 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10903 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10904 10905 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10906 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10907 } 10908 return New; 10909 } 10910 10911 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10912 /// typedef. 10913 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10914 SourceLocation Loc, 10915 QualType T) { 10916 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10917 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10918 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10919 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10920 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10921 SC_None, nullptr); 10922 Param->setImplicit(); 10923 return Param; 10924 } 10925 10926 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 10927 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10928 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10929 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10930 return; 10931 10932 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10933 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 10934 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10935 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10936 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 10937 } 10938 } 10939 } 10940 10941 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 10942 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 10943 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10944 return; 10945 10946 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10947 // threshold. 10948 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10949 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10950 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10951 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10952 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10953 } 10954 10955 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10956 // threshold. 10957 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10958 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 10959 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10960 continue; 10961 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10962 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10963 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10964 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 10965 } 10966 } 10967 10968 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10969 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10970 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10971 StorageClass SC) { 10972 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10973 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10974 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10975 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10976 10977 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10978 10979 // Special cases for arrays: 10980 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10981 // - otherwise, it's an error 10982 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10983 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10984 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10985 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10986 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10987 } 10988 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10989 } else { 10990 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10991 } 10992 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10993 } 10994 10995 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10996 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10997 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10998 10999 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11000 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11001 // the class has been completely parsed. 11002 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11003 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11004 AbstractParamType)) 11005 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11006 11007 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11008 // passed by reference. 11009 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11010 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11011 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11012 Diag(NameLoc, 11013 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11014 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11015 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11016 New->setType(T); 11017 } 11018 11019 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11020 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11021 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11022 // an address space. 11023 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11024 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11025 // to be qualified with an address space. 11026 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11027 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11028 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11029 } 11030 } 11031 11032 return New; 11033 } 11034 11035 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11036 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11037 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11038 11039 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11040 // for a K&R function. 11041 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11042 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11043 --i; 11044 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11045 SmallString<256> Code; 11046 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11047 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11048 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11049 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11050 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11051 11052 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11053 // type. 11054 AttributeFactory attrs; 11055 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11056 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11057 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11058 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11059 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11060 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11061 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11062 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11063 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11064 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11065 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11066 } 11067 } 11068 } 11069 } 11070 11071 Decl * 11072 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11073 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11074 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11075 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11076 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11077 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11078 11079 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11080 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11081 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11082 } 11083 11084 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11085 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11086 } 11087 11088 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11089 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11090 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11091 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11092 return false; 11093 11094 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11095 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11096 return false; 11097 11098 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11099 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11100 return false; 11101 11102 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11103 if (FD->isMain()) 11104 return false; 11105 11106 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11107 if (FD->isInlined()) 11108 return false; 11109 11110 // Don't warn about function templates. 11111 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11112 return false; 11113 11114 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11115 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11116 return false; 11117 11118 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11119 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11120 return false; 11121 11122 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11123 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11124 return false; 11125 11126 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11127 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11128 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11129 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11130 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11131 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11132 continue; 11133 11134 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11135 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11136 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11137 break; 11138 } 11139 11140 return MissingPrototype; 11141 } 11142 11143 void 11144 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11145 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11146 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11147 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11148 // was an extern inline function. 11149 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11150 if (!Definition) 11151 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11152 return; 11153 11154 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11155 return; 11156 11157 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11158 // a template, skip the new definition. 11159 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11160 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11161 Definition->isInlined() || 11162 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11163 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11164 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11165 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11166 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11167 else 11168 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11169 FD->getLocation()); 11170 return; 11171 } 11172 11173 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11174 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11176 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11177 else 11178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11179 11180 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11181 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11182 } 11183 11184 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11185 Sema &S) { 11186 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11187 11188 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11189 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11190 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11191 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11192 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11193 11194 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11195 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11196 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11197 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11198 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11199 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11200 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11201 11202 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11203 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11204 11205 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11206 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11207 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11208 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11209 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11210 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11211 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11212 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11213 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11214 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11215 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11216 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11217 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11218 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11219 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11220 11221 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11222 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11223 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11224 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11225 } else { 11226 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11227 } 11228 ++I; 11229 } 11230 } 11231 11232 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11233 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11234 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11235 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11236 11237 if (!D) 11238 return D; 11239 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11240 11241 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11242 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11243 else 11244 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11245 11246 // See if this is a redefinition. 11247 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11248 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11249 11250 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11251 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11252 return D; 11253 } 11254 11255 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11256 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11257 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11258 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11259 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11260 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11261 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11262 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11263 // have the LSI properly restored. 11264 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11265 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11266 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11267 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11268 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11269 } 11270 else 11271 // Enter a new function scope 11272 PushFunctionScope(); 11273 11274 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11275 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11276 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11277 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11279 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11280 } 11281 } 11282 11283 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11284 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11285 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11286 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11287 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11288 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11289 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11290 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11291 11292 if (FnBodyScope) 11293 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11294 11295 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11296 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11297 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11298 11299 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11300 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11301 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11302 11303 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11304 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11305 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11306 11307 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11308 } 11309 } 11310 11311 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11312 // introduce them into the function scope. 11313 if (FnBodyScope) { 11314 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11315 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11316 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11317 I != E; ++I) { 11318 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11319 11320 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11321 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11322 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11323 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11324 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11325 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11326 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11327 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11328 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11329 } 11330 11331 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11332 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11333 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11334 11335 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11336 // accessible in this scope. 11337 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11338 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11339 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11340 } 11341 } 11342 } 11343 11344 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11345 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11346 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11347 11348 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11349 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11350 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11351 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11353 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11354 return D; 11355 } 11356 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11357 // a function template). 11358 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11359 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11360 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11361 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11363 11364 return D; 11365 } 11366 11367 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11368 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11369 /// optimization. 11370 /// 11371 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11372 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11373 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11374 /// use the named return value optimization. 11375 /// 11376 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11377 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11378 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11379 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11380 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11381 11382 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11383 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11384 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11385 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11386 } 11387 } 11388 } 11389 11390 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11391 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11392 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11393 return false; 11394 11395 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11396 // return type (yet). 11397 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11398 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11399 // we can still delay parsing it. 11400 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11401 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11402 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11403 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11404 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11405 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11406 } 11407 } 11408 return false; 11409 } 11410 11411 return true; 11412 } 11413 11414 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11415 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11416 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11417 // rest of the file. 11418 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11419 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11420 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11421 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11422 return false; 11423 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11424 } 11425 11426 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11427 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11428 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11429 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11430 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11431 return Decl; 11432 } 11433 11434 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11435 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11436 } 11437 11438 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11439 bool IsInstantiation) { 11440 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11441 11442 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11443 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11444 11445 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11446 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11447 11448 if (FD) { 11449 FD->setBody(Body); 11450 11451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11452 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11453 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11454 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11455 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11456 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11457 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11458 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11459 << FD->getReturnType(); 11460 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11461 } else { 11462 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11463 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11464 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11465 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11466 } 11467 } 11468 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11469 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11470 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11471 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11472 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11473 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11474 11475 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11476 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11477 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11478 QualType RetType = 11479 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11480 11481 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11482 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11483 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11484 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11485 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11486 } 11487 } 11488 11489 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11490 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11491 // is the first declaration. 11492 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11493 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11494 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11495 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11496 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11497 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11498 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11499 } 11500 11501 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11502 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11503 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11504 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11505 11506 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11507 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11508 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11509 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11510 11511 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11512 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11513 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11514 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11515 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11516 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11517 11518 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11519 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11520 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11521 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11522 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11523 11524 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11525 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11526 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11528 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11529 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11530 } 11531 11532 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11533 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11534 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11535 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11536 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11537 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11538 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11539 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11540 11541 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11542 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11543 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11544 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11545 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11546 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11547 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11548 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11549 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11550 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11551 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11552 } 11553 } 11554 } 11555 11556 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11557 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11558 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11559 MD->isVirtual() && 11560 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11561 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11562 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11563 if (FD->isInlined() && 11564 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11565 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11566 11567 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11568 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11569 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11570 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11571 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11572 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11573 } else { 11574 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11575 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11576 } 11577 } 11578 } 11579 11580 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11581 "Function parsing confused"); 11582 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11583 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11584 MD->setBody(Body); 11585 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11586 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11587 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11588 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11589 11590 if (Body) 11591 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11592 } 11593 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11594 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11595 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11596 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11597 } 11598 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11599 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11600 bool isDesignated = 11601 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11602 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11603 (void)isDesignated; 11604 11605 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11606 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11607 if (!IFace) 11608 return false; 11609 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11610 if (!SuperD) 11611 return false; 11612 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11613 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11614 }; 11615 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11616 // of NSObject. 11617 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11618 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11619 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11620 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11621 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11622 } 11623 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11624 } 11625 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11626 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11627 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11628 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11629 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11630 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11631 } 11632 } else { 11633 return nullptr; 11634 } 11635 11636 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11637 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11638 "handled in the block above."); 11639 11640 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11641 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11642 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11643 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11644 // Verify this. 11645 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11646 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11647 11648 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11649 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11650 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11651 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11652 11653 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11654 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11655 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11656 11657 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11658 Destructor->getParent()); 11659 } 11660 11661 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11662 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11663 // deletion in some later function. 11664 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11665 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11666 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11667 } 11668 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11669 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11670 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11671 // enabled. 11672 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11673 } 11674 11675 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11676 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11677 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11678 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11679 11680 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11681 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11682 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11683 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11684 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11685 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11686 break; 11687 } 11688 } 11689 } 11690 11691 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11692 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11693 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11694 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11695 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11696 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11697 } 11698 11699 if (!IsInstantiation) 11700 PopDeclContext(); 11701 11702 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11703 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11704 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11705 // deletion in some later function. 11706 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11707 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11708 } 11709 11710 return dcl; 11711 } 11712 11713 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11714 /// relevant Decl. 11715 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11716 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11717 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11718 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11719 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11720 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11721 11722 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11723 if (Method->isStatic()) 11724 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11725 } 11726 11727 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11728 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11729 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11730 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11731 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11732 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11733 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11734 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11735 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11736 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11737 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11738 return ExternCPrev; 11739 } 11740 11741 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11742 unsigned diag_id; 11743 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11744 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11745 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11746 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11747 else 11748 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11749 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11750 11751 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11752 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11753 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11754 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11755 if (S && 11756 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11757 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11758 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11759 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11760 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11761 } 11762 11763 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11764 const char *Dummy; 11765 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11766 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11767 unsigned DiagID; 11768 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11769 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11770 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11771 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11772 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11773 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11774 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11775 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11776 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11777 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11778 /*NumParams=*/0, 11779 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11780 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11781 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11782 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11783 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11784 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11785 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11786 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11787 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11788 EST_None, 11789 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11790 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11791 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11792 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11793 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11794 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11795 Loc, Loc, D), 11796 DS.getAttributes(), 11797 SourceLocation()); 11798 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11799 11800 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11801 11802 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11803 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11804 11805 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11806 FD->setImplicit(); 11807 11808 CurContext = PrevDC; 11809 11810 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11811 11812 return FD; 11813 } 11814 11815 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11816 /// the declaration of this function. 11817 /// 11818 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11819 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11820 /// like NSLog or printf. 11821 /// 11822 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11823 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11824 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11825 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11826 return; 11827 11828 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11829 // actual attributes. 11830 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11831 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11832 unsigned FormatIdx; 11833 bool HasVAListArg; 11834 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11835 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11836 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11837 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11838 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11839 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11840 fmt = "NSString"; 11841 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11842 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11843 FormatIdx+1, 11844 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11845 FD->getLocation())); 11846 } 11847 } 11848 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11849 HasVAListArg)) { 11850 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11851 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11852 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11853 FormatIdx+1, 11854 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11855 FD->getLocation())); 11856 } 11857 11858 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11859 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11860 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11861 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11862 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11863 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11864 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11865 } 11866 11867 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11868 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11869 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11870 FD->getLocation())); 11871 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11872 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11873 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11874 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11875 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11876 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11877 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11878 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11879 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11880 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11881 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11882 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11883 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11884 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11885 else 11886 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11887 } 11888 } 11889 11890 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11891 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11892 // across. 11893 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11894 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11895 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11896 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11897 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11898 } 11899 11900 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11901 if (!Name) 11902 return; 11903 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11904 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11905 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11906 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11907 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11908 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11909 // about. 11910 } else 11911 return; 11912 11913 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11914 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11915 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11916 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11917 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11918 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11919 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11920 FD->getLocation())); 11921 } 11922 11923 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11924 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11925 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11926 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11927 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11928 FD->getLocation())); 11929 } 11930 } 11931 11932 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11934 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11935 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11936 11937 if (!TInfo) { 11938 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11939 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11940 } 11941 11942 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11943 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11944 D.getLocStart(), 11945 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11946 D.getIdentifier(), 11947 TInfo); 11948 11949 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11950 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11951 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11952 return NewTD; 11953 } 11954 11955 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11956 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11957 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11958 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11959 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11960 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11961 else 11962 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11963 } 11964 11965 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11966 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11967 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11968 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11969 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11970 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11971 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11972 case TST_enum: 11973 case TST_struct: 11974 case TST_interface: 11975 case TST_union: 11976 case TST_class: { 11977 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11978 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11979 break; 11980 } 11981 11982 default: 11983 break; 11984 } 11985 11986 return NewTD; 11987 } 11988 11989 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11990 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11991 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11992 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11993 11994 if (T->isDependentType()) 11995 return false; 11996 11997 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11998 if (BT->isInteger()) 11999 return false; 12000 12001 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12002 return true; 12003 } 12004 12005 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12006 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12007 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12008 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12009 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12010 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12011 12012 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12013 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12014 << Prev->isScoped(); 12015 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12016 return true; 12017 } 12018 12019 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12020 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12021 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12022 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12023 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12024 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12025 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12026 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12027 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12028 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12029 return true; 12030 } 12031 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12032 ; 12033 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12034 ; 12035 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12036 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12037 << Prev->isFixed(); 12038 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12039 return true; 12040 } 12041 12042 return false; 12043 } 12044 12045 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12046 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12047 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12048 /// 12049 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12050 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12051 switch (Tag) { 12052 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12053 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12054 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12055 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12056 } 12057 } 12058 12059 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12060 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12061 /// 12062 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12063 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12064 { 12065 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12066 } 12067 12068 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12069 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12070 /// 12071 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12072 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12073 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12074 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12075 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12076 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12077 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12078 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12079 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12080 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12081 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12082 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12083 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12084 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12085 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12086 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12087 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12088 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12089 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12090 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12091 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12092 return true; 12093 12094 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12095 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12096 bool isTemplate = false; 12097 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12098 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12099 12100 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12101 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12102 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12103 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12104 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12105 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12106 return true; 12107 } 12108 12109 if (isDefinition) { 12110 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12111 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12112 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12113 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12114 return true; 12115 } 12116 12117 bool previousMismatch = false; 12118 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12119 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12120 if (!previousMismatch) { 12121 previousMismatch = true; 12122 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12123 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12124 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12125 } 12126 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12127 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12128 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12129 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12130 } 12131 } 12132 return true; 12133 } 12134 12135 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12136 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12137 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12138 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12139 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12140 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12141 return true; 12142 } 12143 12144 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12145 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12146 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12147 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12148 12149 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12150 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12151 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12152 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12154 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12155 } 12156 12157 return true; 12158 } 12159 return false; 12160 } 12161 12162 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12163 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12164 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12165 /// namespace N { 12166 /// struct X; 12167 /// namespace M { 12168 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12169 /// } 12170 /// } 12171 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12172 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12173 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12174 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12175 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12176 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12177 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12178 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12179 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12180 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12181 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12182 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12183 return FixItHint(); 12184 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12185 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12186 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12187 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12188 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12189 break; 12190 } 12191 12192 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12193 // build an NNS. 12194 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12195 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12196 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12197 OS << "::"; 12198 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12199 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12200 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12201 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12202 } 12203 12204 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12205 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12206 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12207 /// using-declaration). 12208 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12209 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12210 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12211 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12212 12213 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12214 return true; 12215 12216 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12217 // encloses the other). 12218 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12219 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12220 return true; 12221 12222 return false; 12223 } 12224 12225 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12226 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12227 /// nothing. 12228 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12229 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12230 DC = DC->getParent(); 12231 return DC; 12232 } 12233 12234 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12235 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12236 /// nothing. 12237 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12238 while (S->isClassScope() || 12239 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12240 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12241 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12242 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12243 S = S->getParent(); 12244 return S; 12245 } 12246 12247 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12248 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12249 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12250 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12251 /// 12252 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12253 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12254 /// 12255 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12256 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12257 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12258 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12259 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12260 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12261 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12262 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12263 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12264 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12265 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12266 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12267 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12268 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12269 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12270 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12271 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12272 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12273 12274 OwnedDecl = false; 12275 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12276 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12277 12278 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12279 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12280 bool Invalid = false; 12281 12282 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12283 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12284 // for non-C++ cases. 12285 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12286 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12287 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12288 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12289 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12290 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12291 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12292 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12293 return nullptr; 12294 } 12295 12296 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12297 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12298 // be a member of another template). 12299 12300 if (Invalid) 12301 return nullptr; 12302 12303 OwnedDecl = false; 12304 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12305 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12306 TemplateParams, AS, 12307 ModulePrivateLoc, 12308 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12309 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12310 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12311 SkipBody); 12312 return Result.get(); 12313 } else { 12314 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12315 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12316 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12317 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12318 } 12319 } 12320 } 12321 12322 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12323 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12324 // redeclaration. 12325 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12326 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12327 12328 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12329 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12330 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12331 // type, default to int. 12332 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12333 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12334 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12335 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12336 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12337 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12338 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12339 12340 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12341 // Recover by falling back to int. 12342 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12343 12344 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12345 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12346 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12347 12348 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12349 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12350 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12351 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12352 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12353 } 12354 } 12355 } 12356 12357 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12358 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12359 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12360 12361 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12362 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12363 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12364 12365 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12366 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12367 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12368 12369 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12370 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12371 Name = nullptr; 12372 goto CreateNewDecl; 12373 } 12374 12375 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12376 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12377 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12378 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12379 if (!DC) { 12380 IsDependent = true; 12381 return nullptr; 12382 } 12383 } else { 12384 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12385 if (!DC) { 12386 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12387 << SS.getRange(); 12388 return nullptr; 12389 } 12390 } 12391 12392 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12393 return nullptr; 12394 12395 SearchDC = DC; 12396 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12397 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12398 12399 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12400 return nullptr; 12401 12402 if (Previous.empty()) { 12403 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12404 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12405 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12406 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12407 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12408 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12409 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12410 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12411 IsDependent = true; 12412 return nullptr; 12413 } 12414 12415 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12416 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12417 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12418 Name = nullptr; 12419 Invalid = true; 12420 goto CreateNewDecl; 12421 } 12422 } else if (Name) { 12423 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12424 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12425 // name different from T: 12426 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12427 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12428 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12429 return nullptr; 12430 12431 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12432 // declaration or definition. 12433 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12434 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12435 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12436 LookupName(Previous, S); 12437 12438 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12439 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12440 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12441 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12442 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12443 while (F.hasNext()) { 12444 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12445 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12446 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12447 F.erase(); 12448 } 12449 F.done(); 12450 } 12451 12452 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12453 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12454 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12455 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12456 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12457 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12458 // 12459 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12460 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12461 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12462 // 12463 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12464 // semantic context? 12465 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12466 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12467 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12468 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12469 while (F.hasNext()) { 12470 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12471 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12472 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12473 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12474 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12475 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12476 else 12477 F.erase(); 12478 } 12479 } 12480 F.done(); 12481 12482 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12483 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12484 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12485 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12486 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12487 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12488 } 12489 } 12490 12491 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12492 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12493 return nullptr; 12494 12495 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12496 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12497 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12498 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12499 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12500 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12501 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12502 } 12503 } 12504 12505 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12506 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12507 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12508 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12509 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12510 Previous.clear(); 12511 } 12512 12513 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12514 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12515 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12516 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12517 12518 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12519 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12520 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12521 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12522 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12523 } 12524 } 12525 12526 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12527 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12528 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12529 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12530 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12531 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12532 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12533 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12534 12535 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12536 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12537 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12538 // 12539 // class-key identifier 12540 // 12541 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12542 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12543 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12544 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12545 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12546 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12547 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12548 // declaration. 12549 // 12550 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12551 // C structs and unions. 12552 // 12553 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12554 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12555 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12556 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12557 // 12558 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12559 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12560 // 12561 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12562 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12563 // lexical context, 12564 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12565 12566 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12567 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12568 } else { 12569 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12570 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12571 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12572 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12573 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12574 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12575 } 12576 12577 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12578 // diagnose some problems. 12579 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12580 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12581 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12582 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12584 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12585 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12586 } else { 12587 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12588 LookupName(Previous, S); 12589 } 12590 } 12591 12592 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12593 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12594 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12595 12596 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12597 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12598 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12599 12600 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12601 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12602 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12603 // in C++. 12604 // 12605 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12606 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12607 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12608 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12610 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12611 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12612 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12613 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12614 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12615 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12616 PrevDecl = Tag; 12617 Previous.clear(); 12618 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12619 Previous.resolveKind(); 12620 } 12621 } 12622 } 12623 } 12624 12625 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12626 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12627 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12628 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12629 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12630 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12631 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12632 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12633 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12634 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12635 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12636 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12637 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12638 << 0; 12639 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12640 Previous.clear(); 12641 goto CreateNewDecl; 12642 } 12643 } 12644 12645 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12646 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12647 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12648 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12649 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12650 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12651 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12652 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12653 // struct or something similar. 12654 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12655 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12656 Name)) { 12657 bool SafeToContinue 12658 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12659 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12660 if (SafeToContinue) 12661 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12662 << Name 12663 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12664 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12665 else 12666 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12667 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12668 12669 if (SafeToContinue) 12670 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12671 else { 12672 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12673 Name = nullptr; 12674 Previous.clear(); 12675 Invalid = true; 12676 } 12677 } 12678 12679 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12680 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12681 12682 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12683 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12684 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12685 if (ScopedEnum) 12686 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12687 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12689 return PrevTagDecl; 12690 } 12691 12692 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12693 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12694 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12695 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12696 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12697 12698 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12699 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12700 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12701 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12702 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12703 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12704 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12705 } 12706 12707 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12708 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12709 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12710 // and then later defined. 12711 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12712 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12713 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12714 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12715 } 12716 12717 if (!Invalid) { 12718 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12719 // we have attributes. 12720 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12721 if (Attr) { 12722 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12723 // declaration to hold them. 12724 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12725 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12726 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12727 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12728 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12729 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12730 SS.isEmpty()) { 12731 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12732 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12733 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12734 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12735 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12736 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12737 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12738 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12739 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12740 return PrevTagDecl; 12741 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12742 // that scope. 12743 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12744 } else { 12745 return PrevTagDecl; 12746 } 12747 } 12748 12749 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12750 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12751 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12752 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12753 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12754 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12755 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12756 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12757 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12758 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12759 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12760 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12761 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12762 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12763 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12764 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12765 } 12766 12767 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12768 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12769 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12770 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12771 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12772 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12773 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12774 // use it in place of this one. 12775 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12776 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12777 return Def; 12778 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12779 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12780 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12781 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12782 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12783 else 12784 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12785 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12786 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12787 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12788 // references get the previous definition. 12789 Name = nullptr; 12790 Previous.clear(); 12791 Invalid = true; 12792 } 12793 } else { 12794 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12795 // about a nested redefinition. 12796 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12797 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12798 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12799 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12800 diag::note_previous_definition); 12801 Name = nullptr; 12802 Previous.clear(); 12803 Invalid = true; 12804 } 12805 } 12806 12807 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12808 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12809 } 12810 12811 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12812 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12813 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12814 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12815 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12816 AS = AS_none; 12817 } 12818 } 12819 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12820 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12821 12822 } else { 12823 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12824 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12825 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12826 // have distinct types. 12827 Previous.clear(); 12828 } 12829 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12830 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12831 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12832 12833 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12834 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12835 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12836 } else { 12837 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12838 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12839 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12840 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12841 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12842 unsigned Kind = 0; 12843 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12844 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12845 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12846 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12847 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12848 Invalid = true; 12849 12850 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12851 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12852 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12853 // do nothing 12854 12855 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12856 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12857 unsigned Kind = 0; 12858 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12859 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12860 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12861 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12862 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12863 Invalid = true; 12864 12865 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12866 // case here. 12867 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12868 unsigned Kind = 0; 12869 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12870 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12871 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12872 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12873 Invalid = true; 12874 12875 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12876 } else { 12877 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12878 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12879 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12880 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12881 Name = nullptr; 12882 Invalid = true; 12883 } 12884 12885 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12886 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12887 Previous.clear(); 12888 } 12889 } 12890 12891 CreateNewDecl: 12892 12893 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12894 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12895 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12896 12897 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12898 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12899 // keyword. 12900 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12901 12902 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12903 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12904 // PrevDecl. 12905 TagDecl *New; 12906 12907 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12908 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12909 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12910 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12911 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12912 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12913 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12914 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12915 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12916 TagDecl *Def; 12917 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12918 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12919 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12920 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12921 } 12922 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12923 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12924 << New; 12925 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12926 } else { 12927 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12928 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12929 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12930 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12931 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12932 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12933 12934 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12935 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12936 // the declaration context. 12937 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12938 IsForwardReference = true; 12939 } 12940 } 12941 12942 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12943 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12944 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12945 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12946 else 12947 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12948 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12949 } 12950 } else { 12951 // struct/union/class 12952 12953 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12954 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12955 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12956 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12957 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12958 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12959 12960 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12961 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12962 } else 12963 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12964 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12965 } 12966 12967 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12968 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12969 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12970 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12971 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12972 Invalid = true; 12973 } 12974 12975 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12977 if (SS.isSet()) { 12978 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12979 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12980 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12981 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12982 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12983 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12984 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12985 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12986 Invalid = true; 12987 12988 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12989 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12990 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12991 } 12992 } 12993 else 12994 Invalid = true; 12995 } 12996 12997 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12998 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12999 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13000 // 13001 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13002 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13003 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13004 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13005 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13006 // parsing of the struct). 13007 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13008 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13009 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13010 } 13011 } 13012 13013 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13014 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13015 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13016 << 2 13017 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13018 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13019 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13020 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13021 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13022 New->setModulePrivate(); 13023 } 13024 13025 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13026 // check the specialization. 13027 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13028 Invalid = true; 13029 13030 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13031 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13032 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13033 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13034 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13035 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13036 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13037 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13038 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13039 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13040 << Name; 13041 Invalid = true; 13042 } 13043 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13044 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13045 } 13046 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13047 } 13048 13049 if (Invalid) 13050 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13051 13052 if (Attr) 13053 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13054 13055 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13056 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13057 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13058 13059 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13060 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13061 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13062 // the tag name visible. 13063 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13064 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13065 13066 // Set the access specifier. 13067 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13068 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13069 13070 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13071 New->startDefinition(); 13072 13073 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13074 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13075 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13076 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13077 if (PrevDecl) 13078 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13079 13080 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13081 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13082 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13083 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13084 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13085 } else if (Name) { 13086 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13087 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13088 if (IsForwardReference) 13089 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13090 } else { 13091 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13092 } 13093 13094 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13095 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13096 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13097 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13098 II->isStr("FILE")) 13099 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13100 13101 if (PrevDecl) 13102 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13103 13104 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13105 // record. 13106 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13107 13108 OwnedDecl = true; 13109 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13110 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13111 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13112 } 13113 13114 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13115 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13116 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13117 13118 // Enter the tag context. 13119 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13120 13121 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13122 13123 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13124 // record. 13125 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13126 } 13127 13128 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13129 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13130 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13131 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13132 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13133 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13134 CurContext = OCD; 13135 return IDecl; 13136 } 13137 13138 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13139 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13140 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13141 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13142 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13143 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13144 13145 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13146 13147 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13148 return; 13149 13150 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13151 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13152 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13153 13154 // C++ [class]p2: 13155 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13156 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13157 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13158 // as if it were a public member name. 13159 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13160 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13161 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13162 Record->getIdentifier(), 13163 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13164 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13165 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13166 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13167 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13168 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13169 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13170 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13171 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13172 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13173 } 13174 13175 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13176 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 13177 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13178 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13179 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 13180 13181 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13182 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13183 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13184 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13185 RD->completeDefinition(); 13186 } 13187 13188 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13189 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13190 13191 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13192 PopDeclContext(); 13193 13194 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13195 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13196 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13197 13198 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13199 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13200 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13201 } 13202 13203 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13204 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13205 PopDeclContext(); 13206 } 13207 13208 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13209 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13210 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13211 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13212 } 13213 13214 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13215 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13216 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13217 } 13218 13219 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13220 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13221 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13222 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13223 13224 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13225 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13226 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13227 RD->completeDefinition(); 13228 } 13229 13230 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13231 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13232 // the FieldCollector. 13233 13234 PopDeclContext(); 13235 } 13236 13237 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13238 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13239 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13240 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13241 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13242 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13243 if (ZeroWidth) 13244 *ZeroWidth = true; 13245 13246 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13247 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13248 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13249 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13250 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13251 return ExprError(); 13252 if (FieldName) 13253 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13254 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13255 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13256 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13257 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13258 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13259 return ExprError(); 13260 13261 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13262 // it now. 13263 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13264 return BitWidth; 13265 13266 llvm::APSInt Value; 13267 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13268 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13269 return ICE; 13270 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13271 13272 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13273 *ZeroWidth = false; 13274 13275 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13276 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13277 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13278 13279 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13280 if (FieldName) 13281 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13282 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13283 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13284 << Value.toString(10); 13285 } 13286 13287 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13288 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13289 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13290 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13291 13292 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13293 // ABI. 13294 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13295 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13296 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13297 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13298 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13299 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13300 unsigned DiagWidth = 13301 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13302 if (FieldName) 13303 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13304 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13305 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13306 13307 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13308 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13309 << DiagWidth; 13310 } 13311 13312 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13313 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13314 // 'bool'. 13315 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13316 if (FieldName) 13317 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13318 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13319 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13320 else 13321 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13322 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13323 } 13324 } 13325 13326 return BitWidth; 13327 } 13328 13329 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13330 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13331 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13332 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13333 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13334 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13335 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13336 return Res; 13337 } 13338 13339 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13340 /// 13341 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13342 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13343 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13344 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13345 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13346 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13347 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13348 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13349 13350 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13351 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13352 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13353 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13354 13355 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13356 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13357 D.setInvalidType(); 13358 T = Context.IntTy; 13359 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13360 } 13361 } 13362 13363 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13364 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13365 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13366 D.setInvalidType(); 13367 } 13368 13369 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13370 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13371 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13372 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13374 D.setInvalidType(); 13375 } 13376 13377 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13378 13379 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13381 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13382 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13383 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13384 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13385 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13386 13387 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13388 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13389 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13390 LookupName(Previous, S); 13391 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13392 case LookupResult::Found: 13393 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13394 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13395 break; 13396 13397 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13398 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13399 break; 13400 13401 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13402 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13403 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13404 break; 13405 } 13406 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13407 13408 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13409 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13410 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13411 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13412 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13413 } 13414 13415 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13416 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13417 13418 bool Mutable 13419 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13420 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13421 FieldDecl *NewFD 13422 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13423 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13424 13425 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13426 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13427 13428 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13429 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13430 13431 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13432 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13433 // with the same name in the same scope. 13434 } else if (II) { 13435 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13436 } else 13437 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13438 13439 return NewFD; 13440 } 13441 13442 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13443 /// 13444 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13445 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13446 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13447 /// created. 13448 /// 13449 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13450 /// 13451 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13452 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13453 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13454 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13455 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13456 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13457 SourceLocation TSSL, 13458 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13459 Declarator *D) { 13460 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13461 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13462 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13463 13464 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13465 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13466 if (T.isNull()) { 13467 InvalidDecl = true; 13468 T = Context.IntTy; 13469 } 13470 13471 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13472 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13473 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13474 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13475 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13476 InvalidDecl = true; 13477 } else { 13478 NamedDecl *Def; 13479 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13480 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13481 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13482 InvalidDecl = true; 13483 } 13484 } 13485 } 13486 13487 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13488 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13489 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13490 InvalidDecl = true; 13491 } 13492 13493 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13494 // than a variably modified type. 13495 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13496 bool SizeIsNegative; 13497 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13498 13499 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13500 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13501 SizeIsNegative, 13502 Oversized); 13503 if (FixedTInfo) { 13504 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13505 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13506 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13507 } else { 13508 if (SizeIsNegative) 13509 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13510 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13512 << Oversized.toString(10); 13513 else 13514 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13515 InvalidDecl = true; 13516 } 13517 } 13518 13519 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13520 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13521 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13522 AbstractFieldType)) 13523 InvalidDecl = true; 13524 13525 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13526 if (InvalidDecl) 13527 BitWidth = nullptr; 13528 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13529 if (BitWidth) { 13530 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13531 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13532 if (!BitWidth) { 13533 InvalidDecl = true; 13534 BitWidth = nullptr; 13535 ZeroWidth = false; 13536 } 13537 } 13538 13539 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13540 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13541 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13542 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13543 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13544 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13545 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13546 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13547 13548 if (DiagID) { 13549 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13550 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13551 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13552 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13553 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13554 Mutable = false; 13555 InvalidDecl = true; 13556 } 13557 } 13558 } 13559 13560 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13561 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13562 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13563 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13564 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13565 13566 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13567 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13568 if (InvalidDecl) 13569 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13570 13571 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13573 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13574 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13575 } 13576 13577 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13578 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13579 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13580 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13581 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13582 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13583 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13584 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13585 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13586 // objects. 13587 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13588 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13589 } 13590 } 13591 13592 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13593 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13594 // enabled. 13595 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13596 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13597 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13598 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13599 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13600 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13601 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13602 } 13603 } 13604 } 13605 13606 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13607 // representation, not a parser representation. 13608 if (D) { 13609 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13610 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13611 13612 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13613 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13614 } 13615 13616 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13617 // retainable type. 13618 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13619 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13620 13621 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13622 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13623 13624 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13625 return NewFD; 13626 } 13627 13628 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13629 assert(FD); 13630 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13631 13632 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13633 return false; 13634 13635 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13636 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13637 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13638 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13639 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13640 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13641 // copy constructors. 13642 13643 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13644 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13645 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13646 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13647 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13648 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13649 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13650 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13651 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13652 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13653 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13654 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13655 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13656 member = CXXDestructor; 13657 13658 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13659 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13660 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13661 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13662 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13663 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13664 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13665 // members unavailable. 13666 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13667 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13668 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13669 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13670 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13671 return false; 13672 } 13673 } 13674 13675 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13676 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13677 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13678 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13679 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13680 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13681 } 13682 } 13683 } 13684 13685 return false; 13686 } 13687 13688 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13689 /// AST enum value. 13690 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13691 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13692 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13693 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13694 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13695 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13696 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13697 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13698 } 13699 } 13700 13701 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13702 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13703 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13704 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13705 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13706 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13707 13708 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13709 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13710 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13711 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13712 13713 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13714 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13715 13716 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13717 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13718 13719 if (BitWidth) { 13720 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13721 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13722 if (!BitWidth) 13723 D.setInvalidType(); 13724 } else { 13725 // Not a bitfield. 13726 13727 // validate II. 13728 13729 } 13730 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13732 D.setInvalidType(); 13733 } 13734 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13735 // than a variably modified type. 13736 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13738 D.setInvalidType(); 13739 } 13740 13741 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13742 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13743 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13744 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13745 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13746 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13747 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13748 return nullptr; 13749 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13750 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13751 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13752 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13753 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13754 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13755 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13756 } 13757 else 13758 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13759 } else { 13760 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13761 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13762 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13763 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13764 return nullptr; 13765 } 13766 } 13767 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13768 } 13769 13770 // Construct the decl. 13771 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13772 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13773 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13774 13775 if (II) { 13776 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13777 ForRedeclaration); 13778 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13779 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13781 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13782 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13783 } 13784 } 13785 13786 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13787 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13788 13789 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13790 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13791 13792 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13793 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13794 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13795 13796 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13797 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13798 13799 if (II) { 13800 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13801 // these to the interface. 13802 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13803 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13804 } 13805 13806 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13807 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13808 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13809 13810 return NewID; 13811 } 13812 13813 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13814 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13815 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13816 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13817 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13818 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13819 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13820 return; 13821 13822 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13823 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13824 13825 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13826 return; 13827 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13828 if (!ID) { 13829 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13830 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13831 return; 13832 } 13833 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13834 else 13835 return; 13836 } 13837 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13838 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13839 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13840 13841 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13842 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13843 Context.CharTy, 13844 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13845 DeclLoc), 13846 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13847 true); 13848 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13849 } 13850 13851 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13852 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13853 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13854 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13855 13856 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13857 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13858 // it will now change. 13859 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13860 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13861 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13862 default: break; 13863 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13864 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13865 break; 13866 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13867 Context. 13868 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13869 break; 13870 } 13871 } 13872 13873 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13874 13875 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13876 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13877 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13878 if (Record) { 13879 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13880 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13881 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13882 ++NumNamedMembers; 13883 } 13884 } 13885 13886 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13887 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13888 13889 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13890 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13891 i != end; ++i) { 13892 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13893 13894 // Get the type for the field. 13895 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13896 13897 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13898 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13899 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13900 } 13901 13902 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13903 // diagnostics about it. 13904 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13905 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13906 continue; 13907 } 13908 13909 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13910 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13911 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13912 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13913 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13914 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13915 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13916 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13917 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13918 // array. 13919 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13920 // Field declared as a function. 13921 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13922 << FD->getDeclName(); 13923 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13924 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13925 continue; 13926 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13927 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13928 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13929 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13930 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13931 // Flexible array member. 13932 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13933 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13934 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13935 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13936 if (Record->isUnion()) 13937 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13938 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13939 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13940 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13941 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13942 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 13943 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13944 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13945 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13946 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13947 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 13948 13949 if (DiagID) 13950 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13951 << Record->getTagKind(); 13952 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13953 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13954 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13955 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13956 // of the type. 13957 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13958 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13959 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13960 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13961 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13962 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13963 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13964 13965 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13966 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13967 // 13968 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13969 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13970 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13971 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13972 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13973 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13974 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13975 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13976 continue; 13977 } 13978 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13979 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13980 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13981 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13982 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13983 // Incomplete type 13984 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13985 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13986 continue; 13987 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13988 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13989 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13990 // flexible array member. 13991 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13992 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13993 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13994 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13995 // structures. 13996 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13997 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13998 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13999 else { 14000 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14001 // other structs as an extension. 14002 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14003 << FD->getDeclName(); 14004 } 14005 } 14006 } 14007 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14008 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14009 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14010 AbstractIvarType)) { 14011 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14012 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14013 } 14014 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14015 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14016 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14017 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14018 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14019 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14021 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14022 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14023 FD->setType(T); 14024 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14025 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14026 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14027 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14028 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14029 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14030 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14031 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14032 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14033 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14034 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14035 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14036 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14037 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14038 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14039 } 14040 } else { 14041 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14042 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14043 } 14044 ARCErrReported = true; 14045 } 14046 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14047 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14048 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14049 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14050 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14051 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14052 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14053 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14054 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14055 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14056 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14057 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14058 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14059 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14060 } 14061 } 14062 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14063 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14064 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14065 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14066 ++NumNamedMembers; 14067 } 14068 14069 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14070 if (Record) { 14071 bool Completed = false; 14072 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14073 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14074 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14075 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14076 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14077 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14078 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14079 } 14080 14081 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14082 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14083 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14085 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14086 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14087 } 14088 14089 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14090 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14091 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14092 14093 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14094 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14095 // problem now. 14096 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14097 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14098 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14099 14100 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14101 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14102 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14103 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14104 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14105 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14106 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14107 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14108 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14109 continue; 14110 14111 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14112 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14113 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14114 // program is ill-formed. 14115 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14116 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14117 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14118 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14119 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14120 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14121 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14122 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14123 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14124 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14125 14126 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14127 } 14128 } 14129 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14130 Completed = true; 14131 } 14132 } 14133 } 14134 } 14135 14136 if (!Completed) 14137 Record->completeDefinition(); 14138 14139 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14140 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14141 14142 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14143 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14144 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14145 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14146 } 14147 14148 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14149 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14150 // compatibility problems. 14151 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14153 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14154 } else { 14155 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14156 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14157 CheckForZeroSize = 14158 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14159 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14160 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14161 } 14162 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14163 bool ZeroSize = true; 14164 bool IsEmpty = true; 14165 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14166 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14167 E = Record->field_end(); 14168 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14169 IsEmpty = false; 14170 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14171 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14172 ZeroSize = false; 14173 } else { 14174 ++NonBitFields; 14175 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14176 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14177 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14178 ZeroSize = false; 14179 } 14180 } 14181 14182 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14183 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14184 // extern "C" block. 14185 if (ZeroSize) { 14186 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14187 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14188 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14189 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14190 } 14191 14192 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14193 // but are accepted by GCC. 14194 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14195 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14196 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14197 << Record->isUnion(); 14198 } 14199 } 14200 } else { 14201 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14202 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14203 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14204 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14205 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14206 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14207 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14208 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14209 } 14210 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14211 // duplicates. 14212 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14213 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14214 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14215 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14216 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14217 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14218 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14219 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14220 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14221 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14222 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14223 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14224 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14225 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14226 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14227 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14228 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14229 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14230 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14231 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14232 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14233 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14234 if (IDecl) { 14235 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14236 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14237 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14238 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14239 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14240 continue; 14241 } 14242 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14243 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14244 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14245 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14246 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14247 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14248 continue; 14249 } 14250 } 14251 } 14252 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14253 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14254 } 14255 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14256 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14257 } 14258 } 14259 14260 if (Attr) 14261 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14262 } 14263 14264 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14265 /// the given type T. 14266 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14267 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14268 QualType T) { 14269 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14270 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14271 14272 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14273 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14274 --BitWidth; 14275 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14276 } 14277 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14278 } 14279 14280 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14281 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14282 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14283 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14284 // enum checking below. 14285 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14286 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14287 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14288 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14289 }; 14290 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14291 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14292 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14293 }; 14294 14295 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14296 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14297 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14298 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14299 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14300 return Types[I]; 14301 14302 return QualType(); 14303 } 14304 14305 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14306 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14307 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14308 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14309 Expr *Val) { 14310 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14311 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14312 QualType EltTy; 14313 14314 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14315 Val = nullptr; 14316 14317 if (Val) 14318 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14319 14320 if (Val) { 14321 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14322 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14323 else { 14324 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14326 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14327 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14328 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14329 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14330 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14331 ExprResult Converted = 14332 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14333 CCEK_Enumerator); 14334 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14335 Val = nullptr; 14336 else 14337 Val = Converted.get(); 14338 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14339 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14340 &EnumVal).get())) { 14341 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14342 } else { 14343 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14344 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14345 14346 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14347 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14348 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14349 // expression checking. 14350 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14351 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14352 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14353 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14354 } else 14355 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14356 } else 14357 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14358 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14359 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14360 .get(); 14361 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14362 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14363 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14364 // is the type of its initializing value: 14365 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14366 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14367 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14368 } else { 14369 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14370 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14371 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14372 // representable as an int. 14373 14374 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14375 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14376 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14377 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14378 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14379 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14380 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14381 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14382 } 14383 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14384 } 14385 } 14386 } 14387 } 14388 14389 if (!Val) { 14390 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14391 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14392 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14393 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14394 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14395 // is the type of its initializing value: 14396 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14397 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14398 // 14399 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14400 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14401 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14402 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14403 } 14404 else { 14405 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14406 } 14407 } else { 14408 // Assign the last value + 1. 14409 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14410 ++EnumVal; 14411 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14412 14413 // Check for overflow on increment. 14414 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14415 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14416 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14417 // is the type of its initializing value: 14418 // 14419 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14420 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14421 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14422 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14423 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14424 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14425 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14426 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14427 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14428 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14429 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14430 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14431 ++EnumVal; 14432 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14433 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14434 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14435 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14436 << EltTy; 14437 else 14438 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14439 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14440 } else { 14441 EltTy = T; 14442 } 14443 14444 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14445 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14446 // value, then increment. 14447 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14448 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14449 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14450 ++EnumVal; 14451 14452 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14453 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14454 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14455 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14456 // integral type. 14457 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14458 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14459 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14460 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14461 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14462 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14463 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14464 } 14465 } 14466 } 14467 14468 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14469 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14470 // enumerator's type. 14471 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14472 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14473 } 14474 14475 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14476 Val, EnumVal); 14477 } 14478 14479 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14480 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14481 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14482 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14483 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14484 14485 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14486 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14487 // skip the body. 14488 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14489 ForRedeclaration); 14490 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14491 if (!PrevECD) 14492 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14493 14494 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14495 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14496 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14497 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14498 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14499 return Skip; 14500 } 14501 14502 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14503 } 14504 14505 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14506 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14507 AttributeList *Attr, 14508 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14509 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14510 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14511 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14512 14513 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14514 // we find one that is. 14515 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14516 14517 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14518 // scope. 14519 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14520 ForRedeclaration); 14521 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14522 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14523 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14524 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14525 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14526 } 14527 14528 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14529 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14530 // different from T: 14531 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14532 // enumerated type 14533 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14534 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14535 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14536 14537 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14538 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14539 if (!New) 14540 return nullptr; 14541 14542 if (PrevDecl) { 14543 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14544 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14545 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14546 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14547 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14548 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14549 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14550 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14551 else 14552 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14553 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14554 return nullptr; 14555 } 14556 } 14557 14558 // Process attributes. 14559 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14560 14561 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14562 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14563 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14564 14565 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14566 14567 return New; 14568 } 14569 14570 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14571 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14572 // Element2 = Element1 14573 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14574 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14575 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14576 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14577 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14578 if (!InitExpr) 14579 return true; 14580 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14581 14582 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14583 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14584 return true; 14585 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14586 if (!IL) 14587 return true; 14588 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14589 return true; 14590 14591 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14592 } 14593 14594 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14595 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14596 if (!DRE) 14597 return true; 14598 14599 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14600 if (!EnumConstant) 14601 return true; 14602 14603 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14604 Enum) 14605 return true; 14606 14607 return false; 14608 } 14609 14610 namespace { 14611 struct DupKey { 14612 int64_t val; 14613 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14614 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14615 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14616 }; 14617 14618 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14619 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14620 false); 14621 } 14622 14623 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14624 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14625 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14626 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14627 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14628 } 14629 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14630 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14631 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14632 } 14633 }; 14634 } // end anonymous namespace 14635 14636 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14637 // a previous element has already been set to. 14638 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14639 EnumDecl *Enum, 14640 QualType EnumType) { 14641 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14642 return; 14643 // Avoid anonymous enums 14644 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14645 return; 14646 14647 // Only check for small enums. 14648 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14649 return; 14650 14651 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14652 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14653 14654 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14655 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14656 ValueToVectorMap; 14657 14658 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14659 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14660 14661 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14662 // an initialier. 14663 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14664 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14665 14666 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14667 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14668 if (!ECD) { 14669 return; 14670 } 14671 14672 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14673 continue; 14674 14675 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14676 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14677 14678 // First time encountering this value. 14679 if (Entry.isNull()) 14680 Entry = ECD; 14681 } 14682 14683 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14684 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14685 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14686 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14687 continue; 14688 14689 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14690 14691 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14692 if (Entry.isNull()) 14693 continue; 14694 14695 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14696 // Ensure constants are different. 14697 if (D == ECD) 14698 continue; 14699 14700 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14701 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14702 Vec->push_back(D); 14703 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14704 14705 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14706 Entry = Vec; 14707 14708 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14709 // diagnostics. 14710 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14711 continue; 14712 } 14713 14714 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14715 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14716 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14717 continue; 14718 14719 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14720 } 14721 14722 // Emit diagnostics. 14723 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14724 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14725 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14726 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14727 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14728 14729 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14730 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14731 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14732 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14733 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14734 ++I; 14735 14736 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14737 // the same value. 14738 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14739 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14740 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14741 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14742 delete Vec; 14743 } 14744 } 14745 14746 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14747 bool AllowMask) const { 14748 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14749 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14750 14751 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14752 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14753 14754 if (R.second) { 14755 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14756 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14757 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14758 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14759 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14760 } 14761 } 14762 14763 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14764 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14765 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14766 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14767 // 14768 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14769 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14770 // likely a logic error. 14771 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14772 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14773 } 14774 14775 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14776 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14777 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14778 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14779 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14780 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14781 14782 if (Attr) 14783 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14784 14785 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14786 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14787 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14788 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14789 if (!ECD) continue; 14790 14791 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14792 } 14793 14794 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14795 return; 14796 } 14797 14798 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14799 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14800 // emit a warning. 14801 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14802 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14803 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14804 14805 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14806 // reverse the list. 14807 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14808 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14809 14810 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14811 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14812 14813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14814 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14815 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14816 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14817 14818 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14819 14820 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14821 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14822 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14823 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14824 else 14825 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14826 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14827 14828 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14829 if (AllElementsInt) 14830 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14831 } 14832 14833 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14834 QualType BestType; 14835 unsigned BestWidth; 14836 14837 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14838 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14839 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14840 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14841 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14842 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14843 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14844 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14845 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14846 QualType BestPromotionType; 14847 14848 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14849 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14850 // enum definitions. 14851 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14852 Packed = true; 14853 14854 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14855 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14856 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14857 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14858 else 14859 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14860 14861 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14862 } 14863 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14864 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14865 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14866 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14867 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14868 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14869 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14870 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14871 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14872 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14873 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14874 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14875 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14876 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14877 } else { 14878 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14879 14880 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14881 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14882 } else { 14883 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14884 14885 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14886 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14887 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14888 } 14889 } 14890 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14891 } else { 14892 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14893 // all of the enumerator values. 14894 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14895 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14896 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14897 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14898 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14899 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14900 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14901 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14902 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14903 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14904 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14905 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14906 BestPromotionType 14907 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14908 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14909 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14910 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14911 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14912 BestPromotionType 14913 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14914 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14915 } else { 14916 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14917 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14918 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14919 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14920 BestPromotionType 14921 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14922 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14923 } 14924 } 14925 14926 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14927 // the type of the enum if needed. 14928 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14929 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14930 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14931 14932 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14933 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14934 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14935 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14936 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14937 14938 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14939 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14940 14941 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14942 // the enum decl type. 14943 QualType NewTy; 14944 unsigned NewWidth; 14945 bool NewSign; 14946 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14947 !Enum->isFixed() && 14948 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14949 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14950 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14951 NewSign = true; 14952 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14953 // Already the right type! 14954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14955 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14956 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14957 // enumeration. 14958 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14959 continue; 14960 } else { 14961 NewTy = BestType; 14962 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14963 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14964 } 14965 14966 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14967 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14968 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14969 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14970 14971 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14972 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14973 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14974 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14975 CK_IntegralCast, 14976 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14977 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14978 VK_RValue)); 14979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14980 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14981 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14982 // enumeration. 14983 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14984 else 14985 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14986 } 14987 14988 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14989 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14990 14991 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14992 14993 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14994 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14995 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14996 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14997 14998 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14999 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15000 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15001 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15002 << ECD << Enum; 15003 } 15004 } 15005 15006 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15007 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15008 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15009 } 15010 15011 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15012 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15013 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15014 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15015 15016 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15017 AsmString, StartLoc, 15018 EndLoc); 15019 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15020 return New; 15021 } 15022 15023 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15024 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15025 bool FromInclude = false) { 15026 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15027 15028 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15029 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15030 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15031 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15032 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15033 break; 15034 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15035 break; 15036 } 15037 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15038 } 15039 15040 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15041 DC = DC->getParent(); 15042 15043 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15044 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15045 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15046 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15047 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15048 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15049 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15050 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15051 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15052 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15053 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15054 } 15055 } 15056 15057 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15058 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15059 } 15060 15061 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 15062 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15063 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15064 Module *Mod = 15065 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15066 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15067 if (!Mod) 15068 return true; 15069 15070 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15071 15072 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15073 15074 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15075 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15076 // silently ignoring the import. 15077 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 15078 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 15079 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15080 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15081 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15082 15083 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15084 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15085 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15086 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15087 // We need the length to be consistent. 15088 if (!ModCheck) 15089 break; 15090 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15091 15092 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15093 } 15094 15095 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 15096 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 15097 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 15098 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15099 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 15100 return Import; 15101 } 15102 15103 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15104 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15105 15106 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15107 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15108 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15109 // 15110 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15111 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15112 TUKind == TU_Module && 15113 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15114 15115 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 15116 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 15117 bool ShouldAddImport = 15118 !IsInModuleIncludes && 15119 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 15120 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 15121 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 15122 15123 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15124 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15125 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15126 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15127 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15128 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15129 DirectiveLoc); 15130 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15131 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15132 } 15133 15134 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15135 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15136 } 15137 15138 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15139 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15140 15141 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15142 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 15143 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15144 } 15145 15146 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15147 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15148 15149 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15150 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 15151 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 15152 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15153 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15154 // is now out of date. 15155 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15156 } 15157 } 15158 15159 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15160 Module *Mod) { 15161 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15162 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15163 return; 15164 15165 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15166 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15167 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15168 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15169 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15170 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15171 15172 // Make the module visible. 15173 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15174 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15175 } 15176 15177 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15178 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15179 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15180 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15181 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15182 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15183 LookupOrdinaryName); 15184 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15185 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15186 15187 // If a declaration that: 15188 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15189 // 2) has external linkage 15190 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15191 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15192 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15193 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15194 else 15195 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15196 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15197 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15198 } else 15199 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15200 } 15201 15202 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15203 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15204 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15205 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15206 15207 if (PrevDecl) { 15208 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15209 } else { 15210 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15211 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15212 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15213 } 15214 } 15215 15216 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15217 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15218 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15219 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15220 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15221 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15222 LookupOrdinaryName); 15223 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15224 15225 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15226 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15227 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15228 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15229 } else { 15230 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15231 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15232 } 15233 } 15234 15235 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15236 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15237 } 15238 15239 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15240 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15241 if (!D) 15242 return AR_Available; 15243 15244 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15245 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15246 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15247 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15248 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15249 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15250 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15251 if (R != AR_Available) 15252 return R; 15253 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15254 } 15255 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15256 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15257 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15258 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15259 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15260 } 15261 // Recover from user error. 15262 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15263 } 15264